D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESION
SECTION 21 13 13 WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Coordinate with Specification 21 13 19 Totalpac2® Pre-Action Fire Sprinkler System
Addressable Detection, Vesda And Controls for new server room.
C.
Coordinate with Section 28 31 11 - Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
Modification and augmentation of existing wet-pipe sprinkler system piping for all areas of two
floors on Transportation Building.
B.
Section Includes:
1.3
1.
Pipes, fittings, and specialties.
2.
Sprinklers.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
Standard-Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Wet-pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at
working pressure of 175 psig (1200 kPa) maximum.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
A.
1.5
Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System: Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing water and
that is connected to water supply through alarm valve. Water discharges immediately from
sprinklers when they are opened. Sprinklers open when heat melts fusible link or destroys
frangible device.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Standard-Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum
working pressure.
B.
Delegated Design: Design sprinkler system(s), including comprehensive engineering analysis
by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria per
NFPA 13.
AC Transit
Oakland
21 13 13- 1
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
C.
D.
1.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Available fire-hydrant flow test records indicate the following conditions:
Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent, including losses
through water-service piping, valves, and backflow preventers.
2.
Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications per NFPA 13.
3.
Minimum Density for Automatic-Sprinkler Piping Design per NFPA 13.
4.
Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler per NFPA 13.
Seismic Performance: Sprinkler piping shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions
determined according to NFPA 13 and ASCE/SEI 7.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating
characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories.
B.
Shop Drawings: For wet-pipe sprinkler systems. Include plans, elevations, sections, details,
and attachments to other work.
C.
Delegated-Design Submittal: For sprinkler systems indicated to comply with performance
requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified
professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
D.
Coordination Drawings: Sprinkler systems, drawn to scale, on which the following items are
shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved:
1.
Domestic water piping.
2.
Compressed air piping.
3.
HVAC hydronic piping.
4.
Items penetrating finished ceiling include the following:
a.
Lighting fixtures.
b.
Air outlets and inlets.
E.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and professional engineer.
F.
Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that have
been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations if applicable.
G.
Welding certificates.
H.
Fire-hydrant flow test report.
AC Transit
Oakland
21 13 13- 2
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
I.
Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with
performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and
Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping."
J.
Field quality-control reports.
K.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For sprinkler specialties to include in emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals.
1.7
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications:
1.
Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems
and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering
responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant flow test.
a.
Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field
test reports by a qualified professional engineer.
B.
Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code.
C.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
D.
NFPA Standards: Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing
shall comply with the following:
1.
1.8
NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems."
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Interruption of Existing Sprinkler Service: Do not interrupt sprinkler service to facilities occupied
by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide temporary sprinkler service according to requirements indicated:
1.
2.
1.9
Notify in writing the Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of
sprinkler service.
Do not proceed with interruption of sprinkler service without Owner's written permission.
COORDINATION
A.
1.10
A.
Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings,
including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
AC Transit
Oakland
21 13 13- 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall-mounted, steel cabinet with hinged cover, and with
space for minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include number of
sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench. Include separate cabinet with
sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler used on Project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A.
Standard Weight, Schedule 40 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B with threaded
fittings, or welded fittings, or groove fittings per NFPA 13.
B.
Black-Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard-weight,
seamless steel pipe with threaded ends.
C.
Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865, threaded.
D.
Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern.
E.
Malleable- or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860.
F.
Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME 16.1, Class 125.
G.
Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 150.
H.
Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M and ASME B16.9.
I.
Grooved-Joint, Steel-Pipe Appurtenances:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
Anvil International, Inc.
b.
Corcoran Piping System Co.
c.
National Fittings, Inc.
d.
Shurjoint Piping Products.
e.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
f.
Victaulic Company.
g.
Or approved equal.
2.
Pressure Rating: 175 psig (1200 kPa) minimum.
3.
Grooved-End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable-iron casting or
ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting; with dimensions matching steel pipe.
AC Transit
Oakland
21 13 13- 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
4.
2.2
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213, rigid pattern,
unless otherwise indicated, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections,
EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts.
PIPING JOINING MATERIALS
A.
Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for
wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
C.
Grooved Joints.
D.
Threaded Joints.
2.3
SPRINKLER SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS
A.
Branch Outlet Fittings:
1.
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
Anvil International, Inc.
b.
National Fittings, Inc.
c.
Shurjoint Piping Products.
d.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
e.
Victaulic Company.
f.
Or approved equal.
2.
Standard: UL 213.
3.
Pressure Rating: 175 psig (1200 kPa) minimum.
4.
Body Material: Ductile-iron housing with EPDM seals and bolts and nuts.
5.
Type: Mechanical-T and -cross fittings.
6.
Configurations: Snap-on and strapless, ductile-iron housing with branch outlets.
7.
Size: Of dimension to fit onto sprinkler main and with outlet connections as required to
match connected branch piping.
8.
Branch Outlets: Grooved, plain-end pipe, or threaded.
Branch Line Testers:
AC Transit
Oakland
21 13 13- 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
C.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
Elkhart Brass Mfg. Company, Inc.
b.
Fire-End & Croker Corporation.
c.
Potter Roemer.
d.
Or approved equal.
2.
Standard: UL 199.
3.
Pressure Rating: 175 psig (1200 kPa).
4.
Body Material: Brass.
5.
Size: Same as connected piping.
6.
Inlet: Threaded.
7.
Drain Outlet: Threaded and capped.
8.
Branch Outlet: Threaded, for sprinkler.
Adjustable Drop Nipples:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
CECA, LLC.
b.
Corcoran Piping System Co.
c.
Merit Manufacturing; a division of Anvil International, Inc.
d.
Or approved equal.
2.
Standard: UL 1474.
3.
Pressure Rating: 250 psig (1725 kPa) minimum.
4.
Body Material: Steel pipe with EPDM-rubber O-ring seals.
5.
Size: Same as connected piping.
6.
Length: Adjustable.
7.
Inlet and Outlet: Threaded.
AC Transit
Oakland
21 13 13- 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SPRINKLERS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.
AFAC Inc.
2.
Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
3.
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
4.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
5.
Venus Fire Protection Ltd.
6.
Victaulic Company.
7.
Viking Corporation.
General Requirements:
1.
Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide,"
published by FM Global, listing.
2.
Pressure Rating for Residential Sprinklers: 175 psig (1200 kPa) maximum.
3.
Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175 psig (1200 kPa) minimum.
4.
Pressure Rating for High-Pressure Automatic Sprinklers: 250 psig (1725 kPa) minimum.
Automatic Sprinklers with Heat-Responsive Element:
1.
Early-Suppression, Fast-Response Applications: UL 1767.
2.
Nonresidential Applications: UL 199.
3.
Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch (12.7-mm) orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6,
and for "Ordinary" temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required
by application.
Sprinkler Finishes:
1.
Chrome plated.
2.
Bronze.
3.
Painted.
Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting
applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type sprinklers are specified with
sprinklers.
AC Transit
Oakland
21 13 13- 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
F.
1.
Ceiling Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece, flat.
2.
Sidewall Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece, flat.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Sprinkler Guards:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
3.
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
Victaulic Company.
Viking Corporation.
Or approved equal.
Standard: UL 199.
Type: Wire cage with fastening device for attaching to sprinkler.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PIPING INSTALLATION
A.
Piping Standard: Comply with requirements for installation of sprinkler piping in NFPA 13.
B.
Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint device
materials and installation in NFPA 13.
C.
Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in
pipe sizes.
D.
Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with
requirements for hanger materials in NFPA 13.
E.
Fill sprinkler system piping with water.
3.2
JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that
have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for
aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before
assembly.
C.
Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for
water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9.
D.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore
full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
AC Transit
Oakland
21 13 13- 8
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
E.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
1.
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads.
2.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged.
Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified processes
and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article.
1.
Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated. Do not use welded joints for
galvanized-steel pipe.
F.
Steel-Piping, Cut-Grooved Joints: Cut square-edge groove in end of pipe according to
AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe
and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe joints.
G.
Steel-Piping, Roll-Grooved Joints: Roll rounded-edge groove in end of pipe according to
AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe
and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe grooved joints.
H.
Dissimilar-Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both
piping systems.
3.3
SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
A.
3.4
Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of narrow dimension of acoustical ceiling
panels.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
3.5
Install labeling and pipe markers on piping (new and existing on second floor only) according to
requirements in NFPA 13.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
2.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls
and equipment.
3.
Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance"
Chapter.
4.
Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices.
5.
Coordinate with fire-alarm tests. Operate as required.
AC Transit
Oakland
21 13 13- 9
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
C.
Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
D.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.6
CLEANING
A.
Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers.
B.
Remove and replace sprinklers with paint other than factory finish.
3.7
PIPING SCHEDULE
A.
Standard-pressure, wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be the
following:
1.
B.
3.8
Standard-weight black-steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray-iron threaded
fittings; and threaded joints.
Standard-pressure, wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100), shall be
one of the following:
1.
Standard-weight black-steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray-iron threaded
fittings; and threaded joints.
2.
Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with cut or roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end
fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints.
3.
Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded
joints.
SPRINKLER SCHEDULE
A.
B.
Use sprinkler types in subparagraphs below for the following applications:
1.
Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers.
2.
Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Pendent and concealed sprinklers.
3.
Wall Mounting: Sidewall sprinklers.
Provide sprinkler types in subparagraphs below with finishes indicated.
1.
Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass, with factory-painted white cover plate.
2.
Upright and Sidewall Sprinklers: Chrome plated in finished spaces exposed to view;
rough bronze with sprinkler guard in unfinished spaces not exposed to view; wax coated.
END OF SECTION 21 13 13
AC Transit
Oakland
21 13 13- 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SPECIFICATION 21 13 19 TOTALPAC2® PRE-ACTION FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM ADDRESSABLE
DETECTION, VESDA AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SCOPE
A.
1.2
1.3
APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS: The latest edition of the following standards
shall apply:
A.
NFPA No. 13 - Installation of Sprinkler Systems
B.
NFPA No. 25 - Inspection, Testing, & Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection Systems
C.
NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code
D.
NFPA No. 72 – National Fire Alarm Code
E.
UL 864, Rev. 9. Standard on Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems
F.
Requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ)
G.
Specification Section 13930 – Wet-Pipe Fire Sprinkler Systems Specification
INCLUSIVE WORK IN THIS SPECIFICATION:
A.
B.
1.4
1.5
This specification outlines the requirements for a double interlocked pre-action fire sprinkler
system with addressable detection. The work described in this specification includes all
engineering, labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete and test the
fire protection system.
Provide engineering, installation and testing required for a complete fire protection system.
This includes:
1.
Double interlocked pre-action fire sprinkler system
2.
Pre-action system control panel including detection, VESDA, monitoring and alarms.
The areas to be protected as specified in this section include:
Refer to drawings to determine areas to be protected
THE FOLLOWING WORK IS REQUIRED:
A.
painting or wall patching necessary to comply with finish specification requirements.
B.
Remove or reroute all wet pipe fire sprinklers and related piping from above the ceilings of
the pre-action system protected rooms.
C.
Interconnection of the pre-action system control panel to the building life safety system
D.
Monitoring of the pre-action system panel by the building management system (if required),
building life safety system (if required), and/or security system (if required).
E.
A separate 120 VAC power circuit shall be provided through a dedicated 20-amp circuit
breaker to each fire system control panel, and the pre-action air compressor, in a conduit
which is separate from all other low voltage wiring.
F.
Modifications to the building life-safety system, if applicable, including, but not limited to
design, permits, installation materials/ labor, and equipment/devices.
G.
Conduit and wire for all above.
SUBMITTALS:
- 1 -
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
A.
1.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
The fire suppression system contractor shall submit the following items to the AC Transit
Engineer for approval prior to starting work on this project.
1.
Fire suppression system installation drawings:
a. Field installation layout drawings shall have a scale of not less than 1/8"=1'-0"
detailing the location of all risers, pipe runs, including pipe sizes and lengths,
control panel(s), detectors, manual pull stations, auxiliary devices, etc.
b. Drawing shall provide an internal control panel-wiring diagram, which shall
include power supply requirements and field wiring termination points.
c. A complete graphical, sequence of operation shall be submitted detailing all alarm
devices, shutdown functions, remote signaling, for each zone or system.
d. System component data submittal package with material data sheets and CSFM
listings.
e. A complete bill of materials.
2.
Hydraulic flow calculations for each fire suppression system
a. Pre-action fire sprinkler system hydraulic calculations.
3.
Battery stand-by power calculations for the pre-action system control panel.
a. Provide calculations for the battery stand-by power supply taking into
consideration the power requirements of all alarms, initiating devices and
auxiliary components under full load conditions.
b. Battery power shall be calculated for 24-hour standby and 5-minutes in alarm.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
B.
AC Transit
Oakland
Manufacturer:
1.
The manufacturer of the fire protection systems hardware and detection components
shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in the design and manufacture of similar
types of suppression systems. The manufacturer shall be able to refer to similar
installations providing satisfactory service.
2.
The name of the manufacturer, part numbers and serial numbers shall appear on all
major components.
3.
All devices, components and equipment shall be the products of the same
manufacturer.
4.
All devices, components and equipment shall be new and standard products of the
manufacturer’s latest design, suitable to perform the functions intended.
5.
All devices and equipment shall be U.L. listed and/or FM approved.
6.
All fire system control panels shall meet the requirements of the current UL Standard
864, Rev 9
7.
Locks for all cabinets shall be keyed alike.
Fire Suppression System Contractor:
1.
The installing contractor shall be an experienced firm, with a minimum of (10) year’s
experience, regularly engaged in the design, installation and testing of pre-action fire
suppression systems in strict accordance with NFPA standards.
2.
The installing fire suppression contractor shall be responsible to design, install, test
and maintain the pre-action fire sprinkler system, detection and controls for these
systems.
3.
The installing contractor shall employ a NICET, Level IV, certified special hazard
designer, who will be responsible for this project.
Section 21 13 19- page - 2 -of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.7
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
4.
Installing contractor shall submit a resume of the engineer, project manager, site
foreman and commissioning technician, showing experience in similar projects.
Resumes to be submitted with bid.
5.
The installing contractor shall show evidence that they carry a minimum
$3,000,000.00 liability and completed operations insurance policy. Due to the critical
function this system serves these limits shall supersede limits required in the general
conditions of the specifications if less stringent.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
A.
B.
C.
Detection
1.
The system shall be complete in all ways. It shall include all mechanical and
electrical installation, all detection and control equipment, pre-action riser, sprinklers,
pipe and fittings, auxiliary devices and controls, alarm interface, functional checkout
and testing, training and all other operations necessary for a functional, U.L. Listed
and/or F.M. approved, system.
2.
The system shall be actuated by a VESDA early warning air sampling system for open
area protection. This active smoke detection system will provide early warning
Alert/Action levels to be sent to building security desk for investigation via the building
FACU. .
Pre-action Fire Sprinkler System Description
1.
The pre-action system shall be an electric/pneumatic double interlocked system.
Electric/electric actuation will not be acceptable as it allows a single point of failure
2.
The system shall be controlled and monitored by the pre-action system control panel.
3.
The pre-action piping will only fill with water due to both of the following actions
occurring:
a. An alarm condition from the pre-action control panel, which opens to pre-action
solenoid valve.
b. A fire sprinkler head is activated, resulting in a loss of air pressure in the sprinkler
pipe, thus opening a pneumatic actuator on the pre-action valve.
4.
The opening of an automatic sprinkler or damage to the system piping without
electrical detection will initiate the low air alarm switch; however, no water will flow
past the pre-action valve.
Sequence of Operation
1.
Actuation of the VESDA air sampling detector Fire 1 Level shall:
a. Provide an alphanumeric LCD display indicating the type of the alarm at the preaction control panel.
b. Send an alarm signal to the building fire alarm panel.
c. Energize the pre-action solenoid.
2.
Activation of pre-action tamper, low air, or flow switch, shall:
a. Provide an alphanumeric LCD display indicating “Trouble” for the tamper switch,
“Supervisory” for the low air switch, and “Alarm” for the water flow switch.
b. Activate relays to a trouble or supervisory condition to the building life-safety
system or central station. A flow switch activation, however, will send an alarm
signal.
c. Actuation of a water flow switch shall cause an alarm bell to sound, and send an
alarm signal to the pre-action control panel.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 21 13 19- page - 3 -of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
2.1
All materials and equipment shall be standard products, of the manufacturer’s latest design, and
shall be suitable to perform the functions intended. When one or more pieces of equipment are
used for the same function, they shall be the same model number and by the same manufacturer.
2.2
All devices shall be UL listed and/or FM approved.
2.3
All references to model numbers and other pertinent information herein are intended to establish
standards of performance, quality and construction. These model numbers are based on
equipment manufactured by Fike Corporation, 704 South 10th Street, Blue Springs, MO 64015.
Equivalent products may be considered if adequate information is submitted to the specifying
engineer two (2) weeks prior to bid date.
2.4
PRE-ACTION SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL:
A.
Control panels shall be listed and approved by U.L 864, rev. 9, no exceptions. Control
panels which are not U.L. 864 rev. 9 approved will become obsolete, possibly causing
hardship to the client when replacing components in the near future.
B.
The addressable control panel shall be a Cheetah Xi - Fire Detection and Control System
PN 10-068 manufactured by Fike Corporation, Blue Springs, MO.
C.
The control panel and its components shall be U.L. listed and FM approved for use as a
local fire alarm system, and/or releasing of clean agent, deluge and pre-action fire
suppression systems. (Important if client wishes to add clean agent in the future)
D.
Control panels shall use extreme intelligence with peer-to-peer operation. Intelligence shall
be in the field devices, not just the control panel, thus eliminating a potential single point of
failure.
E.
Control panels shall be capable of releasing a minimum of three (3) clean agent and three
(3) pre-action sprinkler systems from a single panel. (Important if client wishes to add clean
agent in the future)
F.
Control panels shall be capable of networking with similar panels to allow for internal and
external NOC communications.
G.
Control Panel Capacity and General Operation
AC Transit
Oakland
1.
The panel shall be capable of communicating and controlling up to 1,016 addressable
analog devices and sensors.
2.
The panel shall support up to 254 software zones for configuring initiating devices and
output functions.
3.
The panel shall respond to an alarm-initiating device, including analog smoke sensors
in as little as ¼ second. Response times shall be measured from the activation of the
initiating device to the activation of the associated notification devices.
4.
The panel shall provide two configurable notification appliance circuits. Each circuit
shall be rated for 2.0 amps @ 24 VDC.
5.
The panel shall include a full-featured operator interface control and annunciation
panel that shall include a LCD display, ten (10) individual color-coded system status
LEDs and an alpha numeric keypad for field programming of the system.
6.
All programming or editing of the existing configuration program in the system shall
not require use of special equipment, such as a laptop or external computer. Access
to the configuration program shall be limited by use of a password security system.
Three levels of access shall be used to isolate user, maintenance and configuration
operating portions of the system.
Section 21 13 19- page - 4 -of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
H.
I.
J.
2.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
The control panel shall provide the following features:
1.
Drift compensation for analog sensors.
2.
Maintenance alert for sensors with excessive accumulations of dust or dirt.
3.
Alarm verification with individual counters for each sensor.
4.
Periodic calibration of smoke sensors.
5.
Day/Night automatic smoke sensor sensitivity adjustments.
6.
One-man walk test with optional notification appliance testing.
7.
Two levels of adjustable pre-alarm for advanced warning.
8.
3200 event history buffer, with dedicated 600-event alarm event buffer.
9.
Communicate with both non-isolator and isolator version addressable devices.
Signaling Line Circuits (SLC)
1.
Each SLC shall provide power and communication with up to 254 analog or
addressable devices. The basic system shall consist of two (2) SLC (508 devices
total) with expansion to four (4) SLC (1016 devices total).
2.
Each SLC shall be capable of meeting the wiring requirements of NFPA 72, Style 4, 6
and 7.
3.
Each SLC shall communicate using a completely digital communication method to
provide a more reliable, noise immune communication system. All communication
between an addressable device and sensor shall use a validation method, such as
providing a checksum for each message, to validate the integrity of each message.
Systems, which use a hybrid analog and digital communication scheme, will not meet
the requirements of this section.
4.
Each SLC shall use an interrupt driven communication scheme to rapidly identify
alarm conditions of any connected device. The normal polling scheme of the system
shall be interrupted by a device in alarm. Identification of the alarming device shall be
annunciated at the control system display within 3 seconds of activation.
Power Supplies
1.
The power supply shall operate upon either 120 VAC or 240 VAC, 50/60 Hertz and
shall provide all power necessary to operate the control system.
2.
The power supply shall provide 6.0 amps of power for use on notification appliance
circuits or auxiliary power circuits.
3.
Capability to supply an additional 6.0 amps of power shall be provided, bringing total
output power capacity to 12.0 amps at 24 VDC.
4.
Each power supply shall provide battery charger capacity to sufficiently recharge a
depleted set of 7, 18, 40, or 75 AH batteries within 48 hours.
5.
Auxiliary power output circuits shall be provided for four wire detectors or addressable
control modules. A separate circuit shall be provided to allow resetting the auxiliary
power during a system reset. All auxiliary power circuits shall be power limited.
DETECTORS:
A.
VESDA Air Sampling
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
VESDA very early warning air aspirating smoke detection units shall be used.
Section 21 13 19- page - 5 -of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
2.
An optional remote display unit can be provided to monitor each VLC. A programmer
shall be supplied to configure/program each system.
3.
The system shall use intelligent remote displays and/or high level interface with the
pre-action releasing panel.
4.
An optional dedicated VESDA System Management (VSM) graphics package can
also be used.
5.
The VESDA unit shall have three independent programmable alarm thresholds:
a. Alarm Level 1 – (Alert - Pre-Alarm) Activate a pre-alarm visual and audible alarm
in the protected area.
b. Alarm Level 2 – (Action -Pre-Alarm) Activate visual and audible pre-alarms in
appropriate locations.
c. Alarm Level 3 – (Alarm) Activate an alarm/evacuation condition. This is the
same alarm level as if a spot type detector went into alarm.
d. Note: The alarm level functions are listed as possible scenarios. Consideration
should be given to the best utilization of these alarm levels for each application
and the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.
e. The transport time, time for smoke to enter sampling point to reach detector,
shall be 60 seconds or less.
ADDRESSABLE MODULES
A.
B.
C.
AC Transit
Oakland
Monitor Module (MM)
1.
MM shall be Fike’s P/N 55-041/045/046/050
2.
MMs shall provide monitoring of dry contacts as initiating devices.
3.
Each MM shall store the sensor address and operating characteristics in non-volatile
memory at the module.
4.
An isolation option shall be available.
5.
The MM shall be mounted to a standard junction box and provide visual indication of
status via a status LED. Optional mounting shall be available to allowing mounting
the module in a junction box.
6.
Each MM shall monitor normally open or normally closed contacts and shall be
programmed for a variety of input types as defined in the programming manual.
Supervised Control Module (SCM)
1.
SCM;s shall be Fike’s P/N 55-042/047
2.
Each SCM shall be rated to operate listed notification appliances.
3.
Circuit shall be rated for 2.0 amps @ 24 VDC.
4.
An isolation option shall be available.
5.
Each SCM shall store the sensor address and operating characteristics in non-volatile
memory at the module.
6.
Each SCM shall be individually selectable for silencing and walk test. A module
programmed to operate during walk test will initiate the programmed pattern for 4
seconds when the appropriate initiating conditions are satisfied.
7.
Each SCM shall operate under 16 different conditions occurring in the system. These
conditions include combining various zones and zone states.
Releasing Control Module (RCM)
Section 21 13 19- page - 6 -of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
D.
2.7
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
1.
RCM shall be Fike’s P/N 55-052/053
2.
Circuit shall be rated for 2.0 amps @ 24 VDC.
3.
Each module shall store the sensor address and operating characteristics in nonvolatile memory at the module.
4.
The module shall be capable of actuating a listed solenoid or an agent release circuit.
5.
The module shall be protected from false actuation by an intelligent transistor.
6.
The RCM shall be capable of releasing in one of two modes:
a. Connection to a single compatible solenoid
b. Connection to up to six (6) Agent Release Modules – Fike P/N 101932
Relay Module (RM)
1.
Relay module shall be Fike’s P/N 55-043/048
2.
The module shall provide an independently operating and configurable relay.
3.
Each relay shall be rated for 2.0 amps @ 30 VDC.
AUXILIARY PANELS:
A.
Graphic Map
1.
2.8
The graphic map shall be a full color image on a white background mounted on rigid
backing and laminated. Provide a concealed secured hanging system. The graphic
map shall include, but not limited to:
a. Building outline, including address, and adjacent streets.
b. Map shall be to scale.
c. All exterior door and doors exiting the protected room.
d. Fire suppression control panel
e. Pre-action sprinkler riser
f.
Compass direction and the map shall be oriented to the room when mounted.
“You Are Here” shall be indicated
g. Zone area separations and designations.
h. Legend of devices and other symbols.
i.
Addresses at each addressable device.
PRE-ACTION VALVE CABINET
A.
The pre-action system shall be a Viking Totalpac2® as manufactured by Fire Flex
Systems Inc. and distributed by Viking Corp.
B.
The cabinet assembly must be pre-assembled, pre-wired and factory tested under ISO9001 conditions, as a Totalpac2® System by FireFlex Systems Inc.”.
C.
The Totalpac2® shall be integrated with the Remote Control Unit (Releasing Control Panel
to be mounted separately from enclosure). The addressable detection and control system
shall be a Fike Cheetah/CyberCat releasing control panel. “No substitutions allowed”.
D.
AC Transit
Oakland
The enclosure shall be:
1.
14 gauge steel cabinet, measuring:
2.
57”x36”x20” for 1 ½”, 2” & 3” systems
3.
57”x46”x24” for 4” & 6” systems
4.
Textured rust proof coating, inside and outside, fire red, oven baked polyester powder
on phosphate base.
Section 21 13 19- page - 7 -of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
5.
2.9
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Access doors, with neoprene gaskets, for the hydraulic and electrical sections and the
emergency release.
E.
Viking Deluge Valve model E, complete with Schedule 40 galvanized steel Easy Trim rated
at 250 psi. System shall be double interlocked with an electric/pneumatic release.
F.
The Totalpac2® system shall be provided with a UL Listed and FM Approved integrated bypass butterfly valve installed on the system riser inside the cabinet for full flow test
purposes. The valve shall also be supervised. An integrated sight glass shall be part of
this arrangement for visually confirming water flow upon system actuation. Detailed
instructions placard must be provided inside the cabinet
G.
Automatic air compressor of sufficient capacity to fill the system in prescribed time.
H.
Field wiring terminal strips integrated with the cabinet for connection of field wiring for
detection system interface and power supply for air compressor.
I.
Pressure gauges to indicate water supply pressure, priming water pressure and air
pressure of system.
J.
Actuation and supervisory devices required.
K.
Schedule 40 steel pipe drain manifold of 2” diameter for drain connections. Open drain
cups in the cabinet and multiple drain manifolds will not be accepted.
L.
An integrated sight glass shall be included for visually confirming water flow upon system
actuation.
M.
Detailed instructions placard must be provided inside the cabinet
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS
A.
Supply and install all required pre-action automatic sprinklers. They will be glass bulb type,
UL listed and FM approved. Sprinklers shall be installed per NFPA Section 4-3.2.4 Edition.
B.
Fire sprinklers shall be of one manufacturer throughout the building. No mixing of sprinkler
brands shall be permitted.
C.
Sprinklers shall be of all brass frame construction with a metal Belleville spring seal, coated
on both sides with Teflon film. Sprinklers utilizing non-metal parts in the sealing portion of
the sprinkler are strictly prohibited.
D.
Sprinklers shall have a quick response frangible bulb type fusible element.
E.
Sprinklers to be installed in areas with no ceilings shall be of a brass finish and shall be of
adequate temperature for the hazard.
F.
Exposed sprinklers subject to corrosive atmospheres shall have a factory applied corrosion
resistant coating.
G.
Sprinklers to be installed through a ceiling shall be chrome finish pendent sprinklers (or
finish as specified elsewhere) with an adjustable semi-recessed escutcheon of same
specified finish.
H.
Sprinklers shall have a standard or large orifice and a 5.6 or 8.0 nominal K Factor.
Sprinklers shall be UL Listed or FM Approved.
I.
Quick response sprinklers shall be listed for installation in an Ordinary Hazard occupancy if
installed in an Ordinary Hazard occupancy.
J.
Quick Response Sprinklers (formerly Model M) shall be Viking SIN VK302 (5.6K Standard
Orifice Pendent) or SIN VK352 (8.0K Large Orifice Pendent) Data Page 41a. Or, SIN
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 21 13 19- page - 8 -of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
VK300 (5.6K Standard Orifice Upright), or SIN VK350 (8.0K Large Orifice Upright) Data
page 51a (No Substitutions Allowed).
K.
System piping and fittings shall be as recommended by NFPA 13. All Preaction piping shall
be galvanized on the inside and outside of the pipe. Fitting shall be galvanized, or if
grooved fittings, may be factory painted.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM CONTRACTOR
A.
Obtain system approvals from local authorities and pay for all permits and fees.
B.
Review all project drawings to become familiar with the items that affect the pre-action
system and consider them in its design.
C.
Provide coordination for all interfacing trades to ensure that the pre-action system will
operate as engineered.
SYSTEM & CONTROL WIRING
A.
All fire suppression system wiring, in this section, shall be furnished and installed by the fire
suppression system contractor.
B.
All wiring shall be installed in electrical metallic tubing (EMT) or conduit.
C.
All system components shall be securely supported independent of the wiring. Runs of
conduit and wiring shall be straight, neatly arranged, properly supported, and installed
parallel and perpendicular to walls and partitions.
D.
The sizes of the conductors shall be those specified by the manufacturer. Color codes shall
be used – see drawings.
E.
All wires shall be tagged at all junction points and shall be free from grounds and crosses
between conductors.
F.
Final connections between equipment and the system wiring shall be made under the direct
supervision of a factory-trained representative.
G.
All wiring shall be installed by qualified individuals, in a neat and workman like manner, to
conform to the National Electrical Code, Article 725, for Class 1 Signal Systems, except as
otherwise permitted for limited energy circuits, as described in NFPA 72 . Wiring installation
shall meet all State and local codes.
H.
The complete system electrical installation, and all auxiliary components, shall be grounded
in accordance with the National Electrical Code.
TESTING
Fire suppression system contractor shall coordinate field test with other trades to verify proper
field operation.
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
System Functional Testing – Preliminary Tests
1.
After the system installation has been completed, the entire system shall be checked
out, inspected and functionally tested by qualified, trained personnel, in accordance
with the manufacturer’s recommended procedures and NFPA standards. This test
shall be conducted prior to the acceptance test with the approving authorities. This
shall include:
2.
Piping distribution, size and sprinkler type shall match the drawings and hydraulic
calculations.
Section 21 13 19- page - 9 -of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
B.
3.4
3.
Check that all pipe is securely fastened.
4.
All electrical wiring shall be tested for proper connection, continuity and resistance to
ground.
5.
The complete system shall be functionally tested and all functions, including system
and equipment interlocks, must be operational at least five (5) days prior to the final
acceptance tests.
6.
Each detector shall be tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended
procedures, and test values recorded.
7.
All system and equipment interlocks, such as door release devices, audible and visual
devices, local and remote alarms, etc. shall be tested to function as required and
designed.
8.
Each control panel circuit shall be tested for trouble by inducing a trouble condition
into the system.
9.
Pre-action piping to be hydrostatically tested with air in accordance with NFPA 13,
prior to filling the system with water. This is important to avoid water damage to
equipment if there is a loose or broken fitting or sprinkler head.
Acceptance Tests:
1.
All testing shall be in accordance with NFPA guidelines.
2.
This test shall be performed with the approving authority present.
3.
Entire control system functional test. This includes testing each and every device in
the system to prove that it works properly. This includes all detectors, manual release
stations, alarms, etc.
4.
All circuits shall be tested.
5.
Upon acceptance by the owner, the completed pre-action system(s) shall be placed in
normal service. Until that time, a tag indicating that the system is not in operation
shall be placed on each pre-action riser and the fire system control panel.
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
A.
3.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
After final acceptance, the installing contractor shall provide operational training to each
shift of the owner’s personnel. Each training session shall include system control panel
operation, trouble procedures, auxiliary functions and emergency procedures.
CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Operation and Maintenance Manuals
1.
Prior to final acceptance, the installing contractor shall provide complete operation
and maintenance instruction manuals.
2.
All aspects of the system operation and maintenance shall be detailed, including
piping isometrics, wiring diagrams of all circuits, a written description of the system
design and sequence of operation, drawing(s) illustrating control logic and equipment
used in the system. Checklists and procedures for emergency situations,
troubleshooting techniques and maintenance operations and procedures shall be
included in the manual.
3.
Data sheets on each component included on the system. The part numbers and
options included shall be indicated on the data sheets, on a separate chart, or
reference to the drawings.
Section 21 13 19- page - 10 -of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
4.
B.
3.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Provide four (4) copies to the owner.
As-Built Drawings
1.
Upon completion of each system, the installing contractor shall provide four (4) copies
of system "As-Built" drawings to the owner. The drawings shall show actual
installation details including all equipment locations (i.e.: control panel(s), risers,
detectors, etc.) as well as piping and conduit routing details.
2.
Four (4) copies for each system, to the owner.
WARRANTY
A.
All system components furnished under this contract shall be guaranteed against defect in
design, material and workmanship for the full warranty time which is standard with the
manufacturer and/or supplier, but in no case less than one year from the date of system
acceptance.
B.
If the customer is under maintenance contract with the installing contractor, the warranty
period for the Fike detection/controls will be extended to a period of sixty (60) months after
installation and original start-up of the system. Batteries are limited to a one (1) year
warranty.
END OF SPECIFICATION 21 13 19
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 21 13 19- page - 11 -of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 22 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
1.
Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.
2.
Dielectric fittings.
3.
Mechanical sleeve seals.
4.
Sleeves.
5.
Escutcheons.
6.
Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.
7.
Supports and anchorages.
8.
Access Doors.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred
spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
B.
Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
C.
Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
D.
Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact
by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases.
E.
Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.
F.
The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:
G.
1.3
This Section includes the following:
1.
PE: Polyethylene plastic.
2.
PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:
1.
EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
2.
NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For the following:
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Transition fittings.
Section 22 05 00- page 1 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.4
3.
Mechanical sleeve seals.
4.
Escutcheons.
Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
1.6
Dielectric fittings.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.5
2.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping,
storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris,
and moisture.
COORDINATION
A.
Drawings are diagrammatic. Size and locations of equipment are generally shown to scale.
Make use of data in all Contract Documents, and verify this information against field conditions.
B.
Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place
concrete and other structural components as they are constructed The drawings indicate
the required size and point of termination pipes and equipment. Install pipe with all necessary offsets and fittings to conform to the structure, avoid obstructions, preserve headroom,
maintain required accessibility, and satisfy the requirements of the governing codes and the
standards of good practice.
C.
Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for plumbing items requiring access
that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames The architectural and structural drawings and
specifications take precedence over the mechanical drawings in the representation of the
general construction work. Refer to the drawings, specifications, and review shop drawings
for all work, in order to coordinate plumbing work with the other work of the project.
D.
Where changes in indicated locations or arrangements are necessary due to conditions in
building construction, rearrangement of equipment, or conflict in location, make such
changes at no cost to the Owner, provided that the change is ordered before pipe ductwork
and/or equipment is installed and that the length of run is not revised by more than five percent (5%) of the indicated run.
E.
Bring discrepancies between different drawings, between drawings and actual field conditions or between drawings and specifications, promptly to the attention of the TJPA Representative for decision.
F.
All scaled and figured dimensions are approximate and are given for estimate purposes
only. Before proceeding with any work, carefully check and verify all dimensions, sizes, etc.
G.
As far as possible, the work has been indicated on the drawings in such positions as to suit
and accommodate the work of the other trades, but the work indicated is largely diagrammatic and is shown primarily for clarity. Contractor is responsible for the correct placing of
his work and the proper location and connection of his work in relation to the work of other
trades.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 05 00- page 2 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
H.
Where apparatus and equipment have been indicated on the drawings, dimensions have
been taken from typical equipment of the class indicated. Carefully check the drawings to
see that the equipment will fit into the spaces provided, all working parts are readily accessible for inspection, repair and renewal.
I.
Where equipment is furnished by others, verify dimensions and the correct locations of this
equipment before proceeding with the rough-in of connections.
J.
Be responsible for any cooperative work, which must be altered due to lack of proper supervision or failure to make proper provision in time. Such changes shall be directly supervised by the TJPA Representative and shall be make to his satisfaction.
K.
Coordinate the installation of plumbing and fire protection items with the schedules for work
of other trades and other contractors to prevent delays in total work. Assume responsibility
for any cooperative work, which must be altered due to lack of proper supervision or failure
to make proper provisions in time.
L.
Coordinated requirements for access panels and doors for plumbing items requiring access
that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08 Section “Access Doors and Frames.”
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection:
1.
2.2
2.3
2.4
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the manufacturers specified.
PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS
A.
Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods.
B.
Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.
JOINING MATERIALS
A.
Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.
B.
Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to
ASTM B 813.
DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A.
Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solderjoint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
B.
Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
C.
Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 05 00- page 3 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
2.5
2.7
Manufacturers:
a. Capitol Manufacturing Co.
b. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
c. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.
MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A.
2.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space
between pipe and sleeve.
1.
Manufacturers:
a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
b. Metraflex Co.
c. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
2.
Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type
and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
3.
Pressure Plates: Glass Reinforced Plastic. Include two for each sealing element.
4.
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless Steel of length required to secure pressure
plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.
SLEEVES
A.
Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded
longitudinal joint.
B.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.
C.
Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.
D.
PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.
E.
Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing
flange for attaching to wooden forms.
ESCUTCHEONS
A.
Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to
closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely
covers opening.
B.
One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw.
1.
C.
Finish: Polished chrome-plated.
One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw or spring clips and chrome-plated finish.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1
PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying
piping systems.
Section 22 05 00- page 4 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
B.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate
friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
C.
Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment
rooms and service areas.
D.
Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at
right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.
E.
Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
F.
Install piping to permit valve servicing.
G.
Install piping at indicated slopes.
H.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
I.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
J.
Install piping to allow application of insulation.
K.
Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
L.
Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following:
1.
M.
N.
AC Transit
Oakland
New Piping:
a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type.
b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated
finish.
c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips.
d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, castbrass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
e. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate
type.
Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor.
1.
Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
2.
Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.
3.
Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between
sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:
4.
Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6.
5.
Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and
pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of
joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.
Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between
Section 22 05 00- page 5 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
3.2
3.3
Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.
2.
Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten
bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
O.
Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
P.
Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in
requirements.
PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B.
Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
C.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.
D.
Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to
tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook,"
using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
E.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1.
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal
threading is specified.
2.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
PIPING CONNECTIONS
A.
3.4
1.
Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:
1.
Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment.
2.
Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping
materials of dissimilar metals.
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights
are not indicated.
B.
Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and
components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 05 00- page 6 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to
other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.
D.
3.5
Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.
ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES
A.
Refer to Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel.
B.
Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor plumbing materials and equipment.
C.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.
END OF SECTION 22 05 00
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 05 00- page 7 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 22 05 19 - METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
Section Includes:
1.
Liquid-in-glass thermometers.
2.
Thermowells.
3.
Test plugs.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For meters and gages to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1
LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETERS
A.
2.2
Metal-Case, Industrial-Style, Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements.
a. Palmer Wahl Instrumentation Group.
b. Trerice, H. O. Co.
c. Weiss Instruments, Inc.
2.
Standard: ASME B40.200.
3.
Case: Cast aluminum; 9-inch nominal size unless otherwise indicated.
4.
Case Form: 180 degree adjustable angle.
5.
Tube: Glass with magnifying lens and red organic liquid.
6.
Tube Background: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings
graduated in deg F.
7.
Window: Glass.
8.
Stem: Brass and of length to suit installation.
a. Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem.
9.
Connector: 2-1/2 inches, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
10.
Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range or one scale division, to a maximum of 1.5 percent of scale range.
THERMOWELLS
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Thermowells:
1.
Standard: ASME B40.200.
2.
Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting.
Section 22 05 19- page 1 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.3
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
3.
Material for Use with Copper Tubing: Brass.
4.
Material for Use with Steel Piping: Carbon Steel.
5.
Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated.
6.
External Threads: NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.
7.
Internal Threads: 1/2 inch, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
8.
Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
9.
Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
10.
Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing.
11.
Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of thermometer connection.
TEST PLUGS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following :
1.
Trerice, H. O. Co.
2.
Weiss Instruments, Inc.
B.
Description: Test-station fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting.
C.
Body: Brass or stainless steel with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap. Include
extended stem on units to be installed in insulated piping.
D.
Thread Size: NPS 1/4, ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread.
E.
Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 150 psig at 200 deg F.
F.
Core Inserts: EPDM self-sealing rubber.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include bushings if
required to match sizes.
B.
Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping.
C.
Fill thermowells with heat-transfer medium.
D.
Install direct-mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions.
E.
Install test plugs in piping tees.
F.
Install thermometers in the following locations:
1.
3.2
Inlet and outlet of each water heater.
CONNECTIONS
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 05 19- page 2 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
A.
3.3
Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance of meters, gages, machines, and equipment.
ADJUSTING
A.
3.4
Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility.
THERMOMETER SCHEDULE
A.
Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each domestic water heater shall be one of the following:
1.
B.
3.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Industrial-style, liquid-in-glass type.
Thermometer stems shall be of length to match thermowell insertion length.
THERMOMETER SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE
A.
Scale Range for Domestic Cold-Water Piping: 0 to 120 deg F.
B.
Scale Range for Domestic Hot-Water Piping: 30 to 240 deg F.
END OF SECTION 22 05 19
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 05 19- page 3 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 22 05 23 - GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.2
2.
Bronze check valves.
3.
Gray-iron swing check valves.
4.
Bronze gate valves.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags
and charts.
2.
Division 22 piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only.
The following are standard abbreviations for valves:
1.
CWP: Cold working pressure.
2.
EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
3.
NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
4.
PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene plastic.
5.
TFE: Tetrafluoroethylene plastic.
Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. Include body, seating, and trim materials;
valve design; pressure and temperature classifications; end connections; arrangement; dimensions; and required clearances. Include list indicating valve and its application. Include
rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.5
Copper-alloy ball valves.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
1.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.3
This Section includes the following general-duty valves:
NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable-water service.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Prepare valves for shipping as follows:
1.
Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.
2.
Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.
3.
Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling.
4.
Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.
5.
Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open.
6.
Block check valves in either closed or open position.
Section 22 05 23- page 1 of 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
B.
C.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Use the following precautions during storage:
1.
Maintain valve end protection.
2.
Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew-point temperature. If
outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.
Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use
handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.2
VALVES, GENERAL
A.
Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of valves.
B.
Bronze Valves: NPS 2 and smaller with threaded ends, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures.
D.
Valve Sizes: Same as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated.
E.
Valve Actuators:
1.
Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types.
2.
Lever Handle: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 and smaller, except plug valves.
F.
Extended Valve Stems: On insulated valves.
G.
Valve Grooved Ends: AWWA C606.
H.
2.3
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified.
1.
Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.
a. Caution: Use solder with melting point below 840 deg F for angle, check, gate,
and globe valves; below 421 deg F for ball valves.
2.
Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45.
COPPER ALLOY BALL VALVES
A.
1.
B.
AC Transit
Oakland
Manufacturers:
Two Piece, Copper Alloy Ball Valves:
a. Milwaukee Valve Company
b. NIBCO, INC.
c. Red White Valve Corp.
Two Piece, Copper Alloy Ball Valves: Bronze body with regular port, bronze ball; TFE
seats; and 600 psig minimum CWP rating and blowout proof stem.
Section 22 05 23- page 2 of 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.4
BRONZE CHECK VALVES
A.
Manufacturers:
1.
2.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Type 3, Bronze, Swing Check Valves with Metal Disc:
a. Milwaukee Valve Company
b. NIBCO, INC.
c. Red White Valve Corp.
B.
Bronze Check Valves, General: MSS SP-80.
C.
Type 3, Class 125, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze Body with bronze disc and seat.
BRONZE GATE VALVES
A.
Manufacturers:
1.
Type 1, Bronze, Nonrising-Stem Gate Valves:
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Red-White Valve Corp.
B.
Bronze Gate Valves, General: MSS SP-80, with ferrous-alloy handwheel.
C.
Type 1, Class 150, Bronze Gate Valves: Bronze body with nonrising stem and bronze solid
wedge and union-ring bonnet.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine piping system for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and
other conditions affecting performance.
1.
3.2
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B.
Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove
special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping
and handling.
C.
Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made
accessible by such operations.
D.
Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.
E.
Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for
proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage.
F.
Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.
VALVE APPLICATIONS
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Refer to piping Sections for specific valve applications. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following:
Section 22 05 23- page 3 of 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.4
3.5
Shutoff Service: Ball or gate valves.
2.
Throttling Service: Ball valves.
3.
Pump Discharge: Spring-loaded, lift-disc check valves.
B.
If valves with specified CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher
CWP ratings may be substituted.
C.
Domestic Water Piping: Use the following types of valves:
D.
3.3
1.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
1.
Ball Valves, NPS 2 and smaller: Two piece, 400 psig CWP rating, copper alloy.
2.
Lift Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 2, Class 150, horizontal, bronze.
3.
Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 4, Class 150, bronze.
4.
Gate Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 1, Class 150, bronze.
Select valves, except wafer and flangeless types, with the following end connections:
1.
For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Solder-joint or threaded ends.
2.
For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 : Threaded ends.
3.
For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends.
4.
For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 : Flanged ends.
VALVE INSTALLATION
A.
Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.
Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service,
maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.
C.
Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
D.
Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.
E.
Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.
JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping joint
construction.
B.
Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with keyed coupling housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts
according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions.
C.
Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-freealloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.
ADJUSTING
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service
but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs.
END OF SECTION 22 05 23
Section 22 05 23- page 4 of 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 22 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.2
1.3
1.4
This Section includes the following hangers and supports for plumbing system piping and
equipment:
1.
Steel pipe hangers and supports.
2.
Trapeze pipe hangers.
3.
Metal framing systems.
4.
Fastener systems.
5.
Pipe stands.
6.
Equipment supports.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports.
2.
Division 22 Section "Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping" for pipe
guides and anchors.
3.
Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation devices.
DEFINITIONS
A.
MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.
B.
Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and
Supports."
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined
weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.
B.
Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported
equipment and connected systems and components.
C.
Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment. Refer to
SMACNA’s Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems 2005 Edition.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For the following:
1.
B.
Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following:
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Steel pipe hangers and supports.
Trapeze pipe hangers. Include Product Data for components.
Section 22 05 29- page 1 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
2.
Metal framing systems. Include Product Data for components.
3.
Pipe stands. Include Product Data for components.
4.
Equipment supports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1.
AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."
2.
AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code--Reinforcing Steel."
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1.
2.2
2.3
STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.
Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to
Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types.
B.
Manufacturers:
1.
B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
2.
Grinnell Corp.
3.
Tolco Inc.
C.
Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.
D.
Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
E.
Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support
of bearing surface of piping.
TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS
A.
2.4
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the manufacturers specified.
Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made
from structural-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts.
METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS
A.
Description: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made of steel channels and other components.
B.
Manufacturers:
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
Section 22 05 29- page 2 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.5
2.
Tolco Inc.
3.
Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd.
C.
Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish unless bare metal surfaces are indicated.
D.
Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
FASTENER SYSTEMS
A.
Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type zinc-coated steel, for use in hardened
portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
1.
2.6
Manufacturers:
a. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
b. Empire Industries, Inc.
c. Hilti, Inc.
d. ITW Ramset/Red Head.
PIPE STAND FABRICATION
A.
Pipe Stands, General: Shop or field-fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosion-resistant components to support roof-mounted piping.
B.
Compact Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic unit with integral-rod-roller, pipe clamps, or Vshaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration.
1.
Manufacturers:
a. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.
b.
c.
C.
Manufacturers:
a. MIRO Industries.
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A.
2.8
MIRO Industries.
Or Equal.
Low-Type, Single-Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic base unit with plastic roller, for roof installation without membrane penetration.
1.
2.7
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structuralsteel shapes.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1
HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment.
Section 22 05 29- page 3 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
B.
Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified
in piping system Sections.
C.
Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that
will not have field-applied finish.
D.
Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are
in direct contact with copper tubing.
E.
Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.
F.
Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types:
G.
1.
Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or
insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
2.
Adjustable, Swivel Split- (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated stationary
pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 8.
3.
Adjustable, Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion type support for
pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36, if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base
stanchion support and cast- iron floor flange.
Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types:
1.
H.
I.
J.
AC Transit
Oakland
Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to
NPS 20.
Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Sections, install the following types:
1.
Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads.
2.
Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
3.
Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of
building attachments.
Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1.
Side Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of
beams, channels, or angles.
2.
Center Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of
beams.
3.
C-Clamps (MSS Type 23: For structural shapes.
4.
Side Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I beams.
Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1.
Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
2.
Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation.
Section 22 05 29- page 4 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.2
K.
Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not
specified in piping system Sections.
L.
Use mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction.
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers,
supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building
structure.
B.
Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for
grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers.
1.
Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or
install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers.
2.
Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1.
C.
Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled metal framing systems.
D.
Pipe Stand Installation:
1.
3.3
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Pipe Stand Types except Curb-Mounting Type: Assemble components and mount on
smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane.
E.
Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers,
and other accessories.
F.
Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes.
G.
Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping
systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of
expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.
H.
Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.
I.
Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses
from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
J.
Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded.
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A.
Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor.
B.
Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface.
C.
AC Transit
Oakland
Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.
Section 22 05 29- page 5 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.4
3.5
3.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
METAL FABRICATIONS
A.
Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment
supports.
B.
Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot
be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
C.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following:
1.
Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.
2.
Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3.
Remove welding flux immediately.
4.
Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
ADJUSTING
A.
Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to
achieve indicated slope of pipe.
B.
Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches.
PAINTING
A.
Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting.
Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
1.
Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
B.
Touch Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded
areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 09 painting Sections.
C.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 22 05 29
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 05 29- page 6 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 22 05 48 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
1.2
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.3
Verify and coordinate with codes listed on Contract Drawings.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
Restraining braces and cables.
Product Data: For the following:
1.
Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation
device.
2.
Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each
type and size of seismic-restraint component used.
a. Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report numbers and
rated strength in tension and shear as evaluated by a State of California registered Professional Structural Engineer.
b. Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with
requirements.
3.
Interlocking Snubbers: Include ratings for horizontal, vertical, and combined loads.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability
to conduct the testing indicated, that is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as
defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this Section
are more stringent.
C.
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural
Welding Code - Steel."
D.
Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) to support seismic-restraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Section 22 05 48- page 1 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
B.
1.
Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
2.
TOLCO Incorporated; a brand of NIBCO INC.
3.
Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd.
General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications shall be as defined in reports by a State of California registered Professional Structural
Engineer.
1.
2.2
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of
components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will
be subjected.
C.
Channel Support System: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated support assembly made of
slotted steel channels with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and
to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with corrosionresistant coating; and rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces.
D.
Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603 galvanized ASTM A 492 stainless-steel cables with end
connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed
for restraining cable service; and with a minimum of two clamping bolts for cable engagement.
FACTORY FINISHES
A.
Finish: Manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic-control devices for
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
B.
Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations
before installation.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
APPLICATIONS
A.
Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes
of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic
loads within specified loading limits.
VIBRATION-CONTROL AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION
A.
Equipment Restraints:
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inches.
Section 22 05 48- page 2 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.
B.
3.4
Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by a State of California registered Professional Structural Engineer providing required submittals for component.
Piping Restraints:
1.
Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127.
2.
Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet o.c.
3.
Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet.
C.
Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure.
D.
Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by a State of California registered
Professional Structural Engineer providing required submittals for component.
E.
Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure
at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members.
ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION
A.
3.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Install flexible connections in piping where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where the connections
terminate with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element
from the one supporting the connections as they approach equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for piping flexible connections.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
2.
Schedule test with Representative before connecting anchorage device to restrained
component (unless post connection testing has been approved), and with at least
seven days' advance notice.
3.
Obtain Representative's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide
temporary load-spreading members.
4.
Test at least four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by
Representative.
5.
Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device.
6.
If a device fails test, modify all installations of same type and retest until satisfactory
results are achieved.
C.
Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
D.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
END OF SECTION 22 05 48
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 05 48- page 3 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 22 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
1.
Equipment labels.
2.
Pipe labels.
3.
Stencils.
4.
Valve tags.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.3
Section Includes:
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.
B.
Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors.
C.
Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1
EQUIPMENT LABELS
A.
B.
AC Transit
Oakland
Plastic Labels for Equipment:
1.
Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
2.
Letter Color: Black.
3.
Background Color: White.
4.
Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F .
5.
Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less
than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.
6.
Minimum Letter Size: 1 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24
inches , 2 inches for viewing distances up to 72 inches , and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to threefourths the size of principal lettering.
7.
Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
8.
Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number,
Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the
Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified.
Section 22 05 53- page 1 of 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
C.
2.2
2.3
Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch
bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers
where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section
number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in
operation and maintenance data.
PIPE LABELS
A.
General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction.
B.
Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing.
C.
Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or
abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.
1.
Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate
both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.
2.
Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches.
STENCILS
A.
2.4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; and minimum letter height of 3/4 inch for access panel and door labels, equipment labels, and similar operational instructions.
1.
Stencil Material: Aluminum.
2.
Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel black unless otherwise indicated. Paint
may be in pressurized spray-can form.
3.
Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1
unless otherwise indicated.
VALVE TAGS
A.
B.
Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and
1/2-inch numbers.
1.
Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped
holes for attachment hardware.
2.
Fasteners: Brass S-hook.
Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve
number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve
(room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for
identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses.
1.
Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification
devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and
encapsulants.
Section 22 05 53- page 2 of 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.2
3.3
EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION
A.
Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.
B.
Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.
PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION
A.
Piping Color-Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting."
B.
Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured
pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels with painted, rectangles complying with ASME A13.1, on each piping system.
C.
D.
3.4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
1.
Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background.
2.
Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking.
Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces;
machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and
exterior exposed locations as follows:
1.
Near each valve and control device.
2.
Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units.
Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
3.
Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.
4.
At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed
piping.
5.
Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
6.
Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet
in areas of congested piping and equipment.
7.
On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels.
Pipe Label Color Schedule:
1.
Domestic Water Piping:
a. Background Color: White.
b. Letter Color: Blue.
2.
Storm Drainage Piping:
a. Background Color: White.
b. Letter Color: Yellow.
VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION
A.
Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves
within factory-fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawnwatering hose connections; and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and
units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule.
B.
Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme
and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs:
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 05 53- page 3 of 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
Valve-Tag Size and Shape:
a. Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches.
b. Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches.
2.
Valve-Tag Color:
a. Cold Water: Natural.
b. Hot Water: Natural.
3.
Letter Color:
a. Cold Water: Blue.
b. Hot Water: Red.
END OF SECTION 22 05 53
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 05 53- page 4 of 4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 22 07 00 - PLUMBING INSULATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
B.
Section Includes:
1.
Insulation Materials:
a. Cellular glass.
b. Phenolic.
c. Polyisocyanurate.
d. Polyolefin.
e. Polystyrene.
2.
Adhesives.
3.
Lagging adhesives.
4.
Field-applied jackets.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
1.2
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.3
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness,
and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any).
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau
of Apprenticeship and Training.
B.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-testresponse characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per
ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
1.
1.4
Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 50 or less.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
1.5
Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation."
Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
B.
Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application and
equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop
Section 22 07 00- page 1 of 10
AC Transit
Oakland
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and
field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.
C.
Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.
D.
SCHEDULING
E.
Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have
satisfactory test results.
F.
Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each
area of construction.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1
INSULATION MATERIALS
A.
Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be
applied.
B.
Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C.
Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of
less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D.
Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795.
E.
Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing
process.
F.
Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid,
hermetically sealed cells. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "FactoryApplied Jackets" Article.
G.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Cell-U-Foam Corporation; Ultra-CUF.
b. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Foamglas Super K.
2.
Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory-Applied ASJ-SSL: Comply with ASTM C 552,
Type II, Class 2.
3.
Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585.
ASJ Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket
lap seams and joints.
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82.
b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20.
c. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80.
d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225.
Section 22 07 00- page 2 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
e.
2.2
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
LAGGING ADHESIVES
A.
2.3
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
1.
For indoor applications, use lagging adhesives that have a VOC content calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-52.
b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-42.
c. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 130.
d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 11-30.
e. Vimasco Corporation; 136.
3.
Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere
fire-resistant lagging cloths over equipment and pipe insulation.
4.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 180 deg F .
5.
Color: White.
FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A.
Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784,
Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Johns Manville; Zeston.
b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series.
c. Proto PVC Corporation; LoSmoke.
d. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe.
2.
Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
3.
Color: White.
4.
Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate.
a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves,
flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and
P-trap and supply covers for lavatories.
5.
Factory-fabricated tank heads and tank side panels.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and
other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
Section 22 07 00- page 3 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.2
1.
Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of
defects.
2.
Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
3.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that
will adversely affect insulation application.
B.
Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply
a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows:
1.
C.
3.3
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and
300 deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range.
Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact
with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment and piping including fittings, valves,
and specialties.
B.
Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.
C.
Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet
or dry state.
D.
Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E.
Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F.
Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
G.
Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
H.
Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
I.
Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
J.
Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
AC Transit
Oakland
1.
Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2.
For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
Section 22 07 00- page 4 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.4
3.
Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
4.
Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields
over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and
shield.
K.
Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and
wet and dry film thicknesses.
L.
Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
1.
Draw jacket tight and smooth.
2.
Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation
jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of
strip, spaced 4 inches o.c.
3.
Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches . Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap.
Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c.
a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
4.
Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal.
5.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints
and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.
M.
Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its
nominal thickness.
N.
Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement.
O.
Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches
similar to butt joints.
P.
For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1.
Vibration-control devices.
2.
Testing agency labels and stamps.
3.
Nameplates and data plates.
4.
Manholes.
5.
Handholes.
6.
Cleanouts.
PENETRATIONS
A.
3.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 07 00- page 5 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
A.
Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more
specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
B.
Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
1.
Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties
with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated.
2.
Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from
same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted
tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids,
and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform
contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
3.
Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of
same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation
to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond
pieces with adhesive.
4.
Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve
stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement.
5.
Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of
same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining
pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed
and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains
vapor barrier.
6.
Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation.
Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
7.
Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a
mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic
for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh.
Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour.
8.
For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves,
flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape.
9.
Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION."
Match size and color of pipe labels.
C.
Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature
taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes,
vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around
the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing
sealant.
D.
Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the
following:
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 07 00- page 6 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
1.
Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same
thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe
insulation.
2.
When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with
stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation
and jacket.
3.
Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body.
4.
When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached
insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent
pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and
pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement
applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth
finish.
5.
Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket.
CELLULAR-GLASS INSULATION INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
AC Transit
Oakland
Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1.
Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without
deforming insulation materials.
2.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
3.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient services, secure laps
with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.
4.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient services, do not staple
longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1.
Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2.
Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice
the thickness of pipe insulation.
3.
Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular-glass block insulation of
same thickness as pipe insulation.
4.
Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at
least 1 inch , and seal joints with flashing sealant.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation
when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions.
2.
When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of
cellular-glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.
Section 22 07 00- page 7 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
D.
3.7
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1.
Install preformed sections of cellular-glass insulation to valve body.
2.
Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
3.
Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation
with factory-applied jackets.
1.
Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints.
2.
Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch- thick coats of lagging adhesive.
3.
Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation.
Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1.
Draw jacket material smooth and tight.
2.
Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket.
3.
Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
4.
Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- wide joint strips at
end joints.
5.
Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-barrier mastic.
Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of
tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
1.
D.
AC Transit
Oakland
Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and
the finish bead along seam and joint edge.
Where PVDC jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1.
Apply three separate wraps of filament tape per insulation section to secure pipe insulation to pipe prior to installation of PVDC jacket.
2.
Wrap factory-presized jackets around individual pipe insulation sections with one end
overlapping the previously installed sheet. Install presized jacket with an approximate
overlap at butt joint of 2 inches over the previous section. Adhere lap seal using adhesive or SSL, and then apply 1-1/4 circumferences of appropriate PVDC tape around
overlapped butt joint.
3.
Continuous jacket can be spiral wrapped around a length of pipe insulation. Apply
adhesive or PVDC tape at overlapped spiral edge. When electing to use adhesives,
refer to manufacturer's written instructions for application of adhesives along this spiral edge to maintain a permanent bond.
4.
Jacket can be wrapped in cigarette fashion along length of roll for insulation systems
with an outer circumference of 33-1/2 inches or less. The 33-1/2-inch- circumference
limit allows for 2-inch- overlap seal. Using the length of roll allows for longer sections
of jacket to be installed at one time. Use adhesive on the lap seal. Visually inspect
lap seal for "fishmouthing," and use PVDC tape along lap seal to secure joint.
5.
Repair holes or tears in PVDC jacket by placing PVDC tape over the hole or tear and
Section 22 07 00- page 8 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
wrapping a minimum of 1-1/4 circumferences to avoid damage to tape edges.
3.8
FINISHES
A.
3.9
1.
Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.
2.
Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two
coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.
3.
Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual
inspection of the completed Work.
4.
Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: TJPA Representative will engage a qualified testing agency to perform
tests and inspections.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
C.
3.10
Equipment and Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material:
Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections.
1.
Inspect field-insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by removing fieldapplied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of
inspection shall be limited to three locations for each type of equipment defined in the
"Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion
adequate to determine compliance.
2.
Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation.
Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations
of threaded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, and three locations of
threaded valves.
All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals
noncompliance with requirements.
EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE
A.
Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed
for a type of equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
B.
Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment in paragraphs below that is not factory insulated.
C.
Domestic hot-water pump insulation shall be:
1.
D.
Domestic water, domestic chilled-water (potable), and domestic hot-water hydropneumatic
tank insulation shall be:
1.
E.
AC Transit
Oakland
Cellular Glass: 1 inch thick.
Cellular Glass: 1 inch thick.
Domestic water storage tank insulation shall be:
Section 22 07 00- page 9 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
3.11
3.12
A.
Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified
for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping
system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
B.
Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following:
1.
Drainage piping located in crawl spaces.
2.
Underground piping.
3.
Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.
INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
B.
Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water:
1.
NPS 1-1/4 and Smaller: Insulation shall be:
a. Cellular Glass: 1 inch thick.
2.
NPS 1-1/2 and Larger: Insulation shall be:
a. Cellular Glass: 1inch thick.
Condensate and Equipment Drain Water :
1.
All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be:
a. Cellular Glass: 1/2 inch thick.
INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
A.
Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the
field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
B.
If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
C.
Piping, Exposed:
1.
3.14
Cellular Glass: 2 inches thick.
PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A.
3.13
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
PVC, Color-Coded by System: 20 mils thick.
UNDERGROUND, FIELD-INSTALLED INSULATION JACKET
A.
For underground direct-buried piping applications, install underground direct-buried jacket
over insulation material.
END OF SECTION 22 07 00
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 07 00- page 10 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 22 11 16 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
1.3
Under-building slab and aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes, fittings, and specialties inside the building.
2.
Flexible connectors.
3.
Escutcheons.
4.
Sleeves and sleeve seals.
Seismic Performance: Domestic water piping and support and installation shall withstand
effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For the following products:
B.
1.5
1.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
1.4
Section Includes:
1.
Transition fittings.
2.
Dielectric fittings.
3.
Flexible connectors.
4.
Backflow preventers
5.
Escutcheons.
6.
Sleeves and sleeve seals.
7.
Water penetration systems.
Water Samples: Specified in "Cleaning" Article.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
B.
Comply with NSF 14 for plastic, potable domestic water piping and components.
C.
Comply with NSF 61 for potable domestic water piping and components.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1
PIPING MATERIALS
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 11 16- page 1 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
A.
2.2
Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting
materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.
COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
A.
B.
Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper.
1.
Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings.
2.
Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends.
3.
Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with balland-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.
Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K and ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, annealed temper.
1.
2.3
B.
2.5
2.6
Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings.
FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A.
2.4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.
Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.
2.
Mercer Rubber Co.
3.
Metraflex, Inc.
Bronze-Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated-bronze tubing with bronze wire-braid covering and ends brazed to inner tubing.
1.
Working-Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig.
2.
End Connections NPS 2and Smaller: Threaded copper pipe or plain-end copper tube.
ESCUTCHEONS
A.
General: Manufactured ceiling, floor, and wall escutcheons and floor plates.
B.
One Piece, Cast Brass: Polished, chrome-plated.
C.
One-Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners.
SLEEVES
A.
Galvanized-Steel-Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with
welded longitudinal joint.
B.
Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinccoated, with plain ends.
SLEEVE SEALS
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Section 22 11 16- page 2 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
B.
1.
Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
2.
Calpico, Inc.
3.
Metraflex, Inc.
4.
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, used to fill annular
space between pipe and sleeve.
1.
Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
2.
Pressure Plates: Plastic.
3.
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure
plates to sealing elements.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1
PIPING INSTALLATION
A.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of
domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and
calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
B.
Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."
C.
Install underground copper tube in PE encasement according to ASTM A 674 or
AWWA C105.
D.
Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve,
inside the building at each domestic water service entrance. Comply with requirements in
Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages and Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for drain valves and strainers.
E.
Install domestic water piping level and plumb.
F.
Rough-in domestic water piping for water-meter installation according to utility company's
requirements.
G.
Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for seismic-restraint devices.
H.
Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.
I.
Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at
right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.
J.
Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal,
and coordinate with other services occupying that space.
K.
AC Transit
Oakland
Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance.
Section 22 11 16- page 3 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.2
3.3
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
L.
Install piping to permit valve servicing.
M.
Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or
higher than system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated.
N.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
O.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
P.
Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and
specialty.
Q.
Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping from each plumbing pump. Comply
with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages.
R.
Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements in Division 22
Section "Domestic Water Pumps" for thermostats.
S.
Install thermometers on outlet piping from each water heater. Comply with requirements in
Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for thermometers.
JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
B.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly.
C.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1.
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads.
2.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged.
D.
Brazed Joints: Join copper tube and fittings according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook,"
"Brazed Joints" Chapter.
E.
Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube
and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."
VALVE INSTALLATION
A.
General-Duty Valves: Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General-Duty
Valves for Plumbing Piping" for valve installations.
B.
Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures
or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing
fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2and smaller.
Use butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 2-1/2and larger.
C.
Install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal pip-
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 11 16- page 4 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
ing, and where required to drain water piping. Drain valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties."
3.4
3.5
3.6
1.
Hose-End Drain Valves: At low points in water mains, risers, and branches.
2.
Stop-and-Waste Drain Valves: Instead of hose-end drain valves where indicated.
D.
Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of
each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow.
Use ball valves for piping NPS 2and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and
larger. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for balancing valves.
E.
Install calibrated balancing valves in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge
side of each pump and circulator. Set calibrated balancing valves partly open to restrict but
not stop flow. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping
Specialties" for calibrated balancing valves.
TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION
A.
Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping.
B.
Transition Fittings in Underground Domestic Water Piping:
1.
NPS 1-1/2and Smaller: Fitting-type coupling.
2.
NPS 2and Larger: Sleeve-type coupling.
FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR INSTALLATION
A.
Install flexible connectors in suction and discharge piping connections to each domestic water pump.
B.
Install bronze-hose flexible connectors in copper domestic water tubing.
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for seismic-restraint devices.
B.
Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support products and installation.
1.
Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps.
2.
Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs:
a.
b.
c.
C.
AC Transit
Oakland
100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
Longer Than 100 Feet If Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.
3.
Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe
rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
4.
Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
Section 22 11 16- page 5 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
D.
Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch.
E.
Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:
F.
3.7
3.8
3.9
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
1.
NPS 3/4and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inchrod.
2.
NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inchrod.
3.
NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
4.
NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inchrod.
Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet.
CONNECTIONS
A.
Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.
Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance.
C.
Connect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting to join
dissimilar piping materials.
D.
Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following:
1.
Water Heaters: Cold-water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not
smaller than sizes of water heater connections.
2.
Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not
smaller than required by plumbing code. Comply with requirements in Division 22
plumbing fixture Sections for connection sizes.
ESCUTCHEON INSTALLATION
A.
Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.
B.
Escutcheons for New Piping:
1.
Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One piece, deep pattern.
2.
Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One piece, cast brass
with polished chrome-plated finish.
3.
Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One piece, cast brass with
polished chrome-plated finish.
4.
Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One piece, cast brass with polished
chrome-plated finish.
5.
Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece floor plate.
SLEEVE INSTALLATION
A.
General Requirements: Install sleeves for pipes and tubes passing through penetrations in
floors, partitions, roofs, and walls.
B.
Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 11 16- page 6 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
C.
Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves.
D.
Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
E.
Install sleeves in new partitions, slabs, and walls as they are built.
F.
For interior wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants.
G.
For exterior wall penetrations above grade, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe
using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants.
H.
For exterior wall penetrations below grade, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe using sleeve seals specified in this Section.
I.
Seal space outside of sleeves in concrete slabs and walls with grout.
J.
Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between
sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation unless otherwise indicated.
K.
Install sleeve materials according to the following applications:
1.
Sleeves for Piping Passing through Concrete Floor Slabs: Steel pipe.
2.
Sleeves for Piping Passing through Concrete Floor Slabs of Mechanical Equipment
Areas or Other Wet Areas: Steel pipe.
a.
b.
3.
4.
Extend sleeves 2 inches above finished floor level.
For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing, extend cast-iron
sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil
pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing.
Sleeves for Piping Passing through Gypsum-Board Partitions:
a.
b.
PVC pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6.
Exception: Sleeves are not required for water supply tubes and waste pipes for
individual plumbing fixtures if escutcheons will cover openings.
Sleeves for Piping Passing through Exterior Concrete Walls:
a.
Steel pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6.
b.
Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation when sleeve seals are used.
Do not use sleeves when wall penetration systems are used.
c.
3.10
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SLEEVE SEAL INSTALLATION
A.
Install sleeve seals in sleeves in exterior concrete walls at water-service piping entries into
building.
B.
Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position
pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble sleeve seal components and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements
Section 22 11 16- page 7 of 10
AC Transit
Oakland
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
to expand and make watertight seal.
3.11
3.12
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Identify system components. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for identification materials and installation.
B.
Label pressure piping with system operating pressure.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
B.
Piping Inspections:
C.
1.
Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
2.
During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having
jurisdiction:
a. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or
closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.
3.
Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
4.
Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.
Piping Tests:
1.
Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air
bound and that piping is full of water.
2.
Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate
report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
3.
Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or
concealed before it was tested.
4.
Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure,
without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and
allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that
must be repaired.
5.
Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until
satisfactory results are obtained.
6.
Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required.
D.
Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
E.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 11 16- page 8 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.13
ADJUSTING
A.
3.14
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Perform the following adjustments before operation:
1.
Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.
2.
Open shutoff valves to fully open position.
3.
Open throttling valves to proper setting.
4.
Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow.
a. Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to
provide flow of hot water in each branch.
b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated.
5.
Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during
installation.
6.
Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs.
7.
Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for
application where used and are clean and ready for use.
8.
Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation.
CLEANING
A.
B.
C.
AC Transit
Oakland
Clean and disinfect potable and non-potable domestic water piping as follows:
1.
Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using.
2.
Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction;
if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or
AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below:
a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at
outlets.
b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:
1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm
of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours.
c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from
system after the standing time.
d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat
procedures if biological examination shows contamination.
Clean non-potable domestic water piping as follows:
1.
Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using.
2.
Use purging procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or; if methods are
not prescribed, follow procedures described below:
a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at
outlets.
b. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat
procedures if biological examination shows contamination.
Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.
Section 22 11 16- page 9 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
D.
3.15
Clean interior of domestic water piping system.
gresses.
Remove dirt and debris as work pro-
PIPING SCHEDULE
A.
Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be
used in applications below unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Fitting Option: Extruded-tee connections and brazed joints may be used on aboveground
copper tubing.
D.
Under-building-slab, domestic water, building service piping, NPS 3 and smaller, shall be
the following:
1.
E.
Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K wrought-copper solder-joint fittings; and brazed
joints.
Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2and smaller, shall be the following:
1.
3.16
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L wrought-copper solder-joint fittings; and soldered joints.
VALVE SCHEDULE
A.
B.
Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the
following requirements apply:
1.
Shutoff Duty: Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly,
ball, or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
2.
Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly
or ball valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
3.
Hot-Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated balancing valves.
4.
Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.
Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from equipment.
END OF SECTION 22 11 16
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 11 16- page 10 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 22 11 19 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following domestic water piping specialties:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
1.2
Vacuum breakers.
Backflow preventers.
Temperature-actuated water mixing valves.
Strainers.
Hose bibbs.
Wall hydrants.
Drain valves.
Water hammer arresters.
Air vents.
Trap-seal primer valves.
Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for thermometers, pressure
gages, and flow meters in domestic water piping.
Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for water meters.
Division 22 Section "Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers" for water filters for water
coolers.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
1.3
Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 50 psig, unless otherwise
indicated.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
NSF Compliance:
1.
Comply with NSF 14 “Plastics Piping Components and Reused Materials” for plastic
domestic water piping components.
2.
Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1
through 9."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 11 19- page 1 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.1
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
A.
Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.
b.
Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
c.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Standard: ASSE 1013.
Operation: Continuous-pressure applications.
Pressure Loss: 14 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range.
Size: 3/4 NPS TO 2 NPS
Design Flow Rate: See Plumbing Fixture Schedule.
Selected Unit Flow Range Limits: 0-100 GPM.
Pressure Loss at Design Flow Rate: 13 psig for sizes NPS 2 and smaller.
Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller.
End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller.
Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight through flow.
Accessories:
a.
b.
2.2
Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 and smaller;
outside screw and yoke gate-type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 21/2 and larger.
Air-Gap Fitting: ASME A112.1.2, matching backflow-preventer connection.
TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE-ACTUATED WATER MIXING VALVES
A.
2.3
Individual-Fixture, Water Tempering Valves:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.
b.
Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
c.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Standard: ASSE 1016, thermostatically controlled water tempering valve.
Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated.
Body: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components.
Temperature Control: Adjustable.
Inlets and Outlet: Threaded.
Finish: Rough or chrome-plated bronze.
Tempered-Water Setting: 110 deg F.
Tempered-Water Design Flow Rate: 2.5 GPM.
STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
A.
Y-Pattern Strainers:
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 11 19- page 2 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated.
Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller.
End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller.
Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations, unless otherwise indicated.
Perforation Size:
a.
6.
2.4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Strainers NPS 2 and Smaller: 0.020 inch.
Drain: Factory-installed, hose-end drain valve.
HOSE BIBBS
A.
Hose Bibbs:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
2.5
Standard: ASME A112.18.1 for sediment faucets.
Body Material: Bronze.
Seat: Bronze, replaceable.
Supply Connections: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4 threaded or solder-joint inlet.
Outlet Connection: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7.
Pressure Rating: 125 psig.
Vacuum Breaker: Integral nonremovable, drainable, hose-connection vacuum breaker
complying with ASSE 1011.
Finish for Equipment Rooms: Rough bronze, or chrome or nickel plated.
Finish for Service Areas: Chrome or nickel plated.
Finish for Finished Rooms: Chrome or nickel plated.
Operation for Equipment Rooms: Wheel handle.
Operation for Service Areas: Wheel handle.
Operation for Finished Rooms: Operating key.
Include operating key with each operating-key hose bibb.
Include wall flange with each chrome- or nickel-plated hose bibb.
WALL HYDRANTS
A.
Moderate-Climate Wall Hydrants:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
b.
Woodford Manufacturing Company.
c.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Standard: ASME A112.21.3M for concealed-outlet, self-draining wall hydrants.
Pressure Rating: 125 psig.
Operation: Loose key.
Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1.
Outlet: Concealed, with integral vacuum breaker or nonremovable hose-connection
vacuum breaker complying with ASSE 1011; and garden-hose thread complying with
ASME B1.20.7.
Box: Deep, flush mounting with cover.
Box and Cover Finish: Polished nickel bronze.
Nozzle and Wall-Plate Finish: Rough bronze.
Operating Keys(s): Two with each wall hydrant.
Section 22 11 19- page 3 of 6
7.
8.
9.
10.
AC Transit
Oakland
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.6
WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS
A.
2.7
Water Hammer Arresters:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
b.
Watts Drainage Products Inc.
c.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.
2.
3.
4.
Standard: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201.
Type: Metal bellows.
Size: ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F or PDI-WH 201, Sizes A through F.
AIR VENTS
A.
Bolted-Construction Automatic Air Vents:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.8
Body: Bronze.
Pressure Rating: 125-psig minimum pressure rating at 140 deg F .
Float: Replaceable, corrosion-resistant metal.
Mechanism and Seat: Stainless steel.
Size: NPS 3/8 minimum inlet.
Inlet and Vent Outlet End Connections: Threaded.
TRAP-SEAL PRIMER VALVES
A.
Supply-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Valves:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
b.
Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
c.
Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Standard: ASSE 1018.
Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum.
Body: Bronze.
Inlet and Outlet Connections: NPS 1/2 threaded, union, or solder joint.
Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: NPS 1/2 threaded or solder joint.
Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is not
chrome finished.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
INSTALLATION
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 11 19- page 4 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
A.
Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joining materials,
joint construction, and basic installation requirements.
B.
Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to
other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with
authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
2.
3.
Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system.
Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric-vent drain connection with air-gap
fitting, fixed air-gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe
diameters in drain piping and pipe to floor drain. Locate air-gap device attached to or
under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are not acceptable for this application.
Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers.
C.
Install water control valves with inlet and outlet shutoff valves. Install pressure gages on inlet
and outlet.
D.
Install temperature-actuated water mixing valves with check stops or shutoff valves on inlets
and with shutoff valve on outlet.
1.
2.
Install thermometers and water regulators if specified.
Install cabinet-type units recessed in or surface mounted on wall as specified.
E.
Install Y-pattern strainers for water on supply side of pump.
F.
Install water hammer arresters in water piping according to PDI-WH 201.
G.
Install air vents at high points of water piping.
H.
Install supply-type, trap-seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a
minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for
proper flow.
3.2
CONNECTIONS
A.
3.3
3.4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate
general arrangement of piping and specialties.
LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
A.
Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or
sign on or near each of the following:
1.
Reduced-pressure-principle backflow preventers.
2.
Supply-type, trap-seal primer valves.
B.
Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety
and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to
identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 11 19- page 5 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
A.
Perform the following tests and prepare test reports:
1.
B.
3.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Test each reduced-pressure-principle backflow preventer according to authorities having
jurisdiction and the device's reference standard.
Remove and replace malfunctioning domestic water piping specialties and retest as specified
above.
ADJUSTING
A.
Set field-adjustable temperature set points of temperature-actuated water mixing valves.
END OF SECTION 22 11 19
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 11 19- page 6 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 22 13 16 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following for soil, waste, and vent piping inside the building:
1.
B.
1.2
Pipe, tube, and fittings.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
Division 22 Section "Chemical Waste Systems for Laboratory and Healthcare Facilities"
for chemical-waste and vent piping systems.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working
pressure, unless otherwise indicated:
1.
1.3
Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water,
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.
B.
Shop Drawings:
1.
Sovent Drainage System: Include plans, elevations, sections, and details.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1.
2.2
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specified.
PIPING MATERIALS
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 13 16- page 1 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
A.
2.3
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining
materials.
HUBLESS CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A.
Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.
B.
Heavy-Duty, Shielded, Stainless-Steel Couplings: With stainless-steel shield, stainless-steel
bands and tightening devices, and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve.
1.
Manufacturers:
1)
2)
3)
ANACO.
Ideal Div.; Stant Corp.
Tyler Pipe; Soil Pipe Div.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXCAVATION
A.
3.2
Refer to Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.
PIPING APPLICATIONS
A.
Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Aboveground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be the following:
1.
Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; heavy-duty shielded, stainless-steel couplings;
and hubless-coupling joints.
C.
Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be the following:
1.
Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; heavy-duty shielded, stainless-steel couplings;
and hubless-coupling joints.
D.
Underground, soil, waste , and vent piping NPS 5 and larger shall be the following:
1.
Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; heavy-duty shielded, stainless-steel couplings;
and hubless-coupling joints.
3.3
PIPING INSTALLATION
A.
Sanitary sewer piping outside the building is specified in Division 22 Section "Facility Sanitary
Sewers."
B.
Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work
Results for Plumbing."
C.
Install seismic restraints on piping. Seismic-restraint devices are specified in Division 22
Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 13 16- page 2 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
D.
Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building
sanitary sewers.
E.
Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe
penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to
make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 22
Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing."
F.
Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook,"
Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."
G.
Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate
branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be
used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn,
double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with
common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not
change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and
reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction
of flow is prohibited.
H.
Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades
and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream.
Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants,
cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint
as completed.
I.
Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless
otherwise indicated:
1.
2.
3.
Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and
smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger.
Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow.
Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.
J.
Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-grade if
slab is without membrane waterproofing.
K.
Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by
authorities having jurisdiction.
3.4
JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work
Results for Plumbing."
B.
Join hubless cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and
Fittings Handbook" for hubless-coupling joints.
3.5
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Seismic-restraint devices are specified in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls
for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 13 16- page 3 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
B.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Install the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs according to the following:
a.
100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
b.
c.
Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.
Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls.
Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
C.
Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping
and Equipment."
D.
Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
E.
Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods.
F.
Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and
minimum rod diameters:
1.
NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2.
NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod.
3.
NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod.
4.
NPS 6: 60 inches with 3/4-inch rod.
5.
NPS 8 to NPS 12: 60 inches with 7/8-inch rod.
G.
Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet.
H.
Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written
instructions.
3.6
CONNECTIONS
A.
Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.
Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:
1.
2.
3.
AC Transit
Oakland
Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than
required by plumbing code.
Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated,
but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.
Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not
smaller than required by plumbing code.
Section 22 13 16- page 4 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
4.
3.7
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if indicated,
and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2
and larger.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must
be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
2.
Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in
after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe
tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.
B.
Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection,
make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
C.
Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.
D.
Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction
or, in absence of published procedures, as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.8
Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been
altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate
report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and
vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or
concealed before it was tested.
Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except outside
leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water
to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. From 30 minutes before
inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for
leaks.
Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled
with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent-stack
openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping
system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of
water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without
introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture
connections for gas and water leaks.
Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until
satisfactory results are obtained.
Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
CLEANING
A.
Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
B.
Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and
to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.
C.
Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 13 16- page 5 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
END OF SECTION 22 13 16
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 13 16- page 6 of 6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 22 40 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following conventional plumbing fixtures and related components:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
1.2
1.3
Faucets for lavatories and sinks.
Flushometers.
Toilet seats.
Protective shielding guards.
Fixture supports.
Water closets.
Urinals.
Lavatories.
Kitchen sinks.
Service sinks.
Division 10 Section "Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories."
Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for backflow preventers, floor
drains, and specialty fixtures not included in this Section.
DEFINITIONS
A.
ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.
B.
Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with
disabilities.
C.
Cast Polymer: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material. This material includes cultured-marble and
solid-surface materials.
D.
Cultured Marble: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material with surface coating.
E.
Fitting: Device that controls the flow of water into or out of the plumbing fixture. Fittings
specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads and tub
spouts, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. Piping and general-duty valves are
included where indicated.
F.
PMMA: Polymethyl methacrylate (acrylic) plastic.
G.
PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
SUBMITTALS
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 40 00- page 1 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
A.
1.4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Product Data: For each type of plumbing fixture indicated. Include selected fixture and trim,
fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports. Indicate materials
and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category
through one source from a single manufacturer.
1.
Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single
manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that
category.
B.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
C.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable
Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act" ; and Public Law 101336, "Americans with Disabilities Act" ; for plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities.
D.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy
Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.
E.
NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," for
fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.
F.
Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are
compatible.
G.
Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing
fixtures:
1.
2.
3.
4.
H.
Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M.
Porcelain-Enameled, Formed-Steel Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M.
Stainless-Steel Residential Sinks: ASME A112.19.3.
Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M.
Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for lavatory
and sink faucets:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
AC Transit
Oakland
Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Side Spray: ASME A112.18.3M.
Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Hose-Thread Outlet: ASME A112.18.3M.
Faucets: ASME A112.18.1.
Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011.
Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.
Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.
NSF Potable-Water Materials: NSF 61.
Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951.
Supply Fittings: ASME A112.18.1.
Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2.
Section 22 40 00- page 2 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
I.
Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous fittings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
J.
1.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.
Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1.
Manual-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037.
Plastic Tubular Fittings: ASTM F 409.
Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2.
Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous components:
1.
Flexible Water Connectors: ASME A112.18.6.
2.
Floor Drains: ASME A112.6.3.
3.
Grab Bars: ASTM F 446.
4.
Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.
5.
Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M.
6.
Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
7.
Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI Z124.5.
8.
Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1.
WARRANTY
1.
Warranty Period for Commercial Applications: Three year(s) from date of Substantial
Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
LAVATORY FAUCETS
A.
Lavatory Faucets:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.
Description: Single-control mixing valve. Include hot- and cold-water indicators;
coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture holes; coordinate outlet with spout and
fixture receptor.
a.
b.
c.
d.
AC Transit
Oakland
American Standard Companies, Inc.
Chicago Faucets.
Elkay Manufacturing Co.
Kohler Co.
Moen, Inc.
T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.
Toto, USA, Inc.
Body Material: Commercial, solid brass.
Finish: Polished chrome plate
Maximum Flow Rate: 0.5 gpm.
Centers: 4 inches.
Section 22 40 00- page 3 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
2.2
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Mounting: Deck, exposed.
Inlet(s): NPS 1/2 male shank.
Spout: Rigid, gooseneck type.
Spout Outlet: Aerator.
Operation: Sensor.
Drain: Grid.
Tempering Device: Thermostatic.
SINK FAUCETS
A.
Sink Faucets:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
2.
Description: Kitchen faucet without spray. Include hot- and cold-water indicators;
coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture holes; coordinate outlet with spout and
fixture receptor.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
2.3
American Standard Companies, Inc.
Bradley Corporation.
Broadway Collection.
Chicago Faucets.
Elkay Manufacturing Co.
Kohler Co.
Moen, Inc.
T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.
Toto, USA, Inc.
Body Material: Commercial, solid brass.
Finish: Polished chrome plate.
Maximum Flow Rate: 2.5 gpm.
Mixing Valve: Two-lever handle.
Centers: 4 inches.
Mounting: Deck.
Handle(s): Wrist blade, 4 inches .
Inlet(s): NPS 1/2 male shank .
Spout Type: Swivel gooseneck.
Spout Outlet: Aerator.
Operation: Noncompression, manual .
Drain: Grid.
FLUSHOMETERS
A.
Flushometers:
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
Hydrotek International, Inc.
b.
Sloan Valve Company.
Section 22 40 00- page 4 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
c.
2.
Internal Design: piston operation.
Style: Exposed.
Inlet Size: NPS 3/4.
Trip Mechanism: DC-operated sensor actuator.
Consumption: 0.5 gal./flush.
Tailpiece Size: NPS 3/4 standard length to top of bowl.
Description: Flushometer for water-closet-type fixture. Include brass body with
corrosion-resistant internal components,[ non-hold-open feature,] control stop with check
valve, vacuum breaker, copper or brass tubing, and polished chrome-plated finish on
exposed parts.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.4
TOTO USA, Inc.
Description: Flushometer for urinal-type fixture. Include brass body with corrosionresistant internal components, control stop with check valve, vacuum breaker, copper or
brass tubing, and polished chrome-plated finish on exposed parts.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
3.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Internal Design: Piston operation.
Style: Exposed.
Inlet Size: NPS 1.
Trip Mechanism: DC-operated sensor actuator.
Consumption: 1.0 gal./flush.
Tailpiece Size: NPS 1-1/2 and standard length to top of bowl.
TOILET SEATS
A.
Toilet Seats:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
Kohler Co.
b.
Olsonite Corp.
c.
Toto, USA, Inc.
2.
Description: Toilet seat for water-closet-type fixture.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.5
Material: Molded, solid plastic with antimicrobial agent.
Configuration: Open front without cover.
Size: Elongated.
Hinge Type: SS, self-sustaining.
Class: Standard commercial .
Color: White .
PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS
A.
Protective Shielding Pipe Covers:
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
Section 22 40 00- page 5 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
a.
b.
c.
2.
2.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
McGuire Manufacturing Co., Inc.
TRUEBRO, Inc.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Tubular Brass Plumbing Products Operation.
Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot- and coldwater supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) requirements.
FIXTURE SUPPORTS
A.
Manufacturers:
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B.
Description: Combination carrier designed for accessible standard mounting height of
wall-mounting, water-closet-type fixture. Include single or double, vertical or horizontal,
hub-and-spigot or hubless waste fitting as required for piping arrangement; faceplates;
couplings with gaskets; feet; and fixture bolts and hardware matching fixture. Include
additional extension coupling, faceplate, and feet for installation in wide pipe space.
Urinal Supports:
1.
2.
2.7
Josam Company.
MIFAB Manufacturing Inc.
Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.
Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
Watts Drainage Products Inc.; a div. of Watts Industries, Inc.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.
Water-Closet Supports:
1.
C.
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
Description: Type II, urinal carrier with hanger and bearing plates for wall-mounting,
urinal-type fixture. Include steel uprights with feet.
Accessible-Fixture Support: Include rectangular steel uprights.
WATER CLOSETS
A.
Water Closets:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
American Standard Companies, Inc.
b.
Briggs Plumbing Products, Inc.
c.
Capizzi.
d.
Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products.
e.
Eljer.
f.
Kohler Co.
g.
St. Thomas Creations.
h.
TOTO USA, Inc.
2.
Description Wall-mounting, back-outlet, vitreous-china fixture designed for flushometer
valve operation.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 40 00- page 6 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
a.
Style: Flushometer valve.
1)
2)
3)
2.8
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Bowl Type: Elongated with siphon-jetdesign.
Design Consumption: 1.6 gal./flush .
Color: White .
URINALS
A.
Urinals, :
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
2.
Description Wall-mounting, bottom-outlet, vitreous-china fixture designed for flushometer
valve operation.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.9
American Standard Companies, Inc.
Briggs Plumbing Products, Inc.
Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products.
Eljer.
Kohler Co.
Mansfield Plumbing Products, Inc.
Peerless Pottery, Inc.
St. Thomas Creations.
TOTO USA, Inc.
Type: Washout.
Strainer or Trapway: Open trapway.
Design Consumption: 0.5 gal./flush .
Color: White.
Supply Spud Size: NPS 3/4.
Outlet Size: NPS 2.
Drain Piping: NPS 2 chrome-plated, cast-brass P-trap; 0.045-inch- thick tubular
brass waste to wall; and wall escutcheon.
LAVATORIES
A.
Lavatories, :
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
American Standard Companies, Inc.
b.
Barclay Products, Ltd.
c.
Briggs Plumbing Products, Inc.
d.
Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products.
e.
Eljer.
f.
Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC.
g.
Kohler Co.
h.
Mansfield Plumbing Products, Inc.
i.
Peerless Pottery, Inc.
Section 22 40 00- page 7 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
j.
k.
l.
2.
k.
A.
Type: Self-rimming.
Oval Lavatory Size: 19 by 19 inches.
Faucet Hole Punching: Three holes, 4-inch centers.
Faucet Hole Location: Top.
Color: White.
Faucet: Lavatory.
Supplies: NPS 3/8 chrome-plated copper with stops.
Drain: Grid.
Drain Piping: NPS 1-1/4 by NPS 1-1/2 chrome-plated, cast-brass P-trap; NPS 11/2, thick tubular brass waste to wall; and wall escutcheon.
Description: Accessible, wall-mounting, vitreous-china fixture.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
2.10
Sterling Plumbing Group, Inc.
St. Thomas Creations.
TOTO USA, Inc.
Description: Counter-mounting, vitreous-china fixture.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
3.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Type: With back.
Size: 20 by 18 inches.
Faucet Hole Punching: Three holes, 4-inch centers.
Faucet Hole Location: Top
Pedestal: Not required
Color: White.
Faucet: Lavatory
Supplies: NPS 3/8 chrome-plated copper with stops.
Drain: Grid.
Drain Piping: NPS 1-1/4, NPS 1-1/4 by NPS 1-1/2 chrome-plated, cast-brass Ptrap; 0.032-inch thick tubular brass waste to wall; and wall escutcheon.
Fixture Support: Lavatory. J.R. Smith 0700.
KITCHEN SINKS
Kitchen Sinks, :
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
2.
AC Transit
Oakland
Dayton Products, Inc.
Elkay Manufacturing Co.
Franke Consumer Products, Inc., Kitchen Systems Div.
Just Manufacturing Company.
Kohler Co.
Moen, Inc.
Revere Sink.
Sterling Plumbing Group, Inc.
Teka USA.
WhiteRock Corp.
Description: Single -bowl, residential, counter-mounting, stainless-steel kitchen sink.
Section 22 40 00- page 8 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.11
A.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Overall Dimensions: 22 by 19 inches
Metal Thickness: 18 gauge.
Supplies: NPS 1/2 chrome-plated copper with stops.
Drain Piping: NPS 1-1/2 chrome-plated, cast-brass P-trap; 0.045-inch- thick
tubular brass waste to wall; and wall escutcheon(s).
SERVICE SINKS
Service Sinks, :
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
American Standard Companies, Inc.
Commercial Enameling Company.
Eljer.
Kohler Co.
Florestone.
Description: Floor-mounting, neo angle terrazzo.
a.
b.
c.
Size: 28 by 28 inches, half round.
Color: White.
Drain: Grid with NPS 3 outlet.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify
actual locations of piping connections before plumbing fixture installation.
B.
Examine cabinets, counters, floors, and walls for suitable conditions where fixtures will be
installed.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
INSTALLATION
A.
Assemble plumbing fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers'
written instructions.
B.
Install off-floor supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounting fixtures.
1.
2.
3.
C.
Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet fixtures.
Use carrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping.
Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible fixtures.
Install back-outlet, wall-mounting fixtures onto waste fitting seals and attach to supports.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 40 00- page 9 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
D.
Install wall-mounting fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to supports.
E.
Install counter-mounting fixtures in and attached to casework.
F.
Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings.
G.
Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water
distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures.
Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation.
1.
Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valves if supply stops are not specified with fixture.
Valves are specified in Division 22 Section "General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping."
H.
Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to
sanitary drainage system.
I.
Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide
side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities
to reach.
J.
Install tanks for accessible, tank-type water closets with lever handle mounted on wide side of
compartment.
K.
Install toilet seats on water closets.
L.
Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are
not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.
M.
Install water-supply flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop
valves.
N.
Install faucet flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets
are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.
O.
Install traps on fixture outlets.
1.
2.
Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps.
Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated.
P.
Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within
cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings.
Escutcheons are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing."
Q.
Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and countertops using sanitary-type, one-part,
mildew-resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants are specified in
Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
3.3
CONNECTIONS
A.
Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate
general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 40 00- page 10 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
B.
3.4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent
piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Verify that installed plumbing fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where
installed.
B.
Check that plumbing fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified
components.
C.
Inspect installed plumbing fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.
3.5
ADJUSTING
A.
Operate and adjust faucets and controls.
fittings, and controls.
B.
Operate and adjust controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and controls.
C.
Adjust water pressure at faucets and flushometer valves to produce proper flow and stream.
D.
Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops.
3.6
Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures,
CLEANING
A.
Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods
and materials. Do the following:
1.
2.
B.
3.7
Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers
and spouts.
Remove sediment and debris from drains.
After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished fixtures, faucets, and fittings, inspect
exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes.
PROTECTION
A.
Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.
B.
Do not allow use of plumbing fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by
Owner.
END OF SECTION 22 40 00
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 22 40 00- page 11 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 230500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.3
DEFINITIONS
A.
Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred
spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings,
unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
B.
Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied
spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
C.
Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
D.
Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by
building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases.
E.
Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions
and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures.
Examples include installations within unheated shelters.
F.
The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:
1.
PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
G.
The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:
1.
2.
1.4
Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.
Dielectric fittings.
Mechanical sleeve seals.
Sleeves.
Escutcheons.
Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.
Supports and anchorages.
EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
SUBMITTALS
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 00- page 1 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
A.
1.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Product Data: For the following:
1.
Dielectric fittings.
2.
Mechanical sleeve seals.
3.
Escutcheons.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural
Welding Code--Steel."
B.
Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
1.
2.
C.
1.6
Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."
Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes
involved and that certification is current.
Electrical Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics
may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting
electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum
energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping,
storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and
moisture.
B.
Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.
1.7
COORDINATION
A.
Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of
construction, to allow for HVAC installations.
B.
Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place
concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.
C.
Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for HVAC items requiring access that are
concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08
Section "Access Doors and Frames."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
manufacturers specified.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 00- page 2 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.2
PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS
A.
Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining
methods.
B.
Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.
2.3
JOINING MATERIALS
A.
Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.
B.
Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to
ASTM B 813.
2.4
DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A.
Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solderjoint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
B.
Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
C.
Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure
at 180 deg F .
1.
D.
2.5
Manufacturers:
a.
Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.
Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining;
plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F .
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A.
Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space
between pipe and sleeve.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
2.
Sealing Elements: EPDM OR NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe.
Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element.
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length
required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing
element.
3.
4.
2.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SLEEVES
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 00- page 3 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
A.
Galvanized-Steel Sheet:
longitudinal joint.
B.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.
C.
Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends
and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.
E.
PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.
2.7
0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded
ESCUTCHEONS
A.
Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely
fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers
opening.
B.
One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw.
1.
Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping
systems.
B.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction
loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated
unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
C.
Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms
and service areas.
D.
Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
E.
Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
F.
Install piping to permit valve servicing.
G.
Install piping at indicated slopes.
H.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
I.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
J.
Install piping to allow application of insulation.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 00- page 4 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
K.
Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
L.
Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following:
1.
New Piping:
a.
Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated
finish.
M.
Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
N.
Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions,
and concrete floor and roof slabs.
1.
Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
a.
2.
3.
Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.
Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between
sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:
a.
b.
4.
O.
Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe
or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint.
Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.
Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.
Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter.
Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements
required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble
mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten
bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight
seal.
Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal
pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular
clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1.
Q.
PVC Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6 .
Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum-board
partitions.
Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations:
Seal penetrations using sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between
pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1.
2.
3.
P.
Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or
other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings
below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified.
Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements
required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble
mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten
bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight
seal.
Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 00- page 5 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
R.
3.2
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in
requirements.
PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B.
Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
C.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
D.
Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube
end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using leadfree solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
E.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore
full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1.
2.
3.3
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal
threading is specified.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
PIPING CONNECTIONS
A.
Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:
1.
2.
3.
3.4
Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection
to each piece of equipment.
Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of
dissimilar metals.
Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping
materials of dissimilar metals.
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are
not indicated.
B.
Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and
components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other
installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.
D.
Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 00- page 6 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES
A.
Refer to Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel.
B.
Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation
to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment.
C.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.
END OF SECTION 23 05 00
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 00- page 7 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 230513 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose,
horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to
600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment
manufacturer for field installation.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Motor controllers.
Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load.
Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence.
Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS
A.
Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified in
HVAC equipment schedules or Sections.
B.
Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Comply with IEEE 841 for severe-duty motors.
2.2
MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS
A.
Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet above
sea level.
B.
Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected
loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating
sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 13- page 1 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.3
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
POLYPHASE MOTORS
A.
Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor.
B.
Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1.
C.
Service Factor: 1.15.
D.
Multispeed Motors: Variable torque.
1.
2.
For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding.
For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed.
E.
Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage.
F.
Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading.
G.
Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating.
H.
Insulation: Class F .
I.
Code Letter Designation:
1.
2.
J.
2.4
Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G.
Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic.
Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor
frame sizes smaller than 324T .
POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
2.5
Severe-Duty Motors: Comply with IEEE 841, with 1.15 minimum service factor.
SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS
A.
Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements
of specific motor application:
1.
Capacitor start, inductor run.
B.
Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type.
C.
Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and
thrust loading.
D.
Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type.
E.
Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor
when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor
insulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns
to normal range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 13- page 2 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
END OF SECTION 23 05 13
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 13- page 3 of 3
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 230529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following hangers and supports for HVAC system piping and
equipment:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
1.3
Steel pipe hangers and supports.
Metal framing systems.
Fastener systems.
Division 23 Section " Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for
vibration isolation devices.
Division 23 Section(s) Metal Ducts for duct hangers and supports.
DEFINITIONS
A.
MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.
B.
Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and
Supports."
1.4
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined
weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.
B.
Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported
equipment and connected systems and components.
C.
Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval
from authorities having jurisdiction.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For the following:
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Steel pipe hangers and supports.
Section 23 05 29- page 1 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
B.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and
installation details and include calculations for the following:
1.
Natural Gas Piping.
2.
Metal Ducts.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.2
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified.
STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.
Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to Part 3
"Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types.
B.
Manufacturers:
1.
B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
2.
Grinnell Corp.
3.
Tolco Inc.
C.
Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.
D.
Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
E.
Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of
bearing surface of piping.
2.3
METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS
A.
Description: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made of steel channels
and other components.
B.
Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
Tolco Inc.
Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd.
C.
Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated.
D.
Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
2.4
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 29- page 2 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS
A.
Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems
and equipment.
B.
Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in
piping system Sections.
C.
Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will
not have field-applied finish.
D.
Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in
direct contact with copper tubing.
E.
Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.
F.
Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in
piping system Sections, install the following types:
1.
G.
Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1):
insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 .
For suspension of noninsulated or
Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1.
Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads.
H.
Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not
specified in piping system Sections.
I.
Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not
specified in piping system Sections.
3.2
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers,
supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building
structure.
B.
Fastener System Installation:
1.
Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.
C.
Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and
other accessories.
D.
Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping
systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of
expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.
E.
Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 29- page 3 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
F.
Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional
attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and
larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed;
fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts.
G.
Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from
movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
H.
Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum
pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 (for power piping) and ASME B31.9 (for building
services piping) are not exceeded.
I.
Insulated Piping: Comply with the following:
1.
Attach clamps and spacers to piping.
a.
b.
c.
2.
Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is
indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
3.
Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields
shall span an arc of 180 degrees.
a.
4.
5.
6.
Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weightdistribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.
Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3.3
Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through
insulation.
Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield
insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.
Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.1 for power piping and
ASME B31.9 for building services piping.
NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 : 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.
NPS 4 : 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
NPS 5 and NPS 6 : 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
NPS 8 to NPS 14 : 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick.
NPS 16 to NPS 24 : 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick.
Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts.
Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield.
METAL FABRICATIONS
A.
Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be
shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
B.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance
and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following:
1.
2.
AC Transit
Oakland
Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
Section 23 05 29- page 4 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.
4.
3.4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Remove welding flux immediately.
Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours
of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
ADJUSTING
A.
Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve
indicated slope of pipe.
B.
Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches.
3.5
PAINTING
A.
Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas
immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop
painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
1.
Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils .
B.
Touch Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded
areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 09.
C.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 23 05 29
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 29- page 5 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 230548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
This Section includes the following:
1.
Spring hangers.
2.
Spring hangers with vertical-limit stops.
3.
Restraining braces and cables.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
Verify and coordinate with codes listed on Contract Drawings.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For the following:
1.
2.
Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation
device.
Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each
type and size of seismic-restraint component used.
a.
b.
B.
1.5
Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report numbers and
rated strength in tension and shear .
Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with
requirements.
Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of seismic bracing for HVAC piping and equipment
with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and seismic
restraints.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the specifications.
B.
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding
Code - Steel."
C.
Seismic-restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis showing
maximum seismic-restraint ratings. Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads)
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 48- page 1 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
to support seismic-restraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional
engineer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable
product by one of the following:
1.
California Dynamics Corporation.
2.
Isolation Technology, Inc.
3.
Mason Industries.
B.
Spring Hangers : Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert
in compression.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
Spring Hangers with Vertical-Limit Stop : Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger
with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical-limit stop.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
2.2
Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a
maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing
isolation efficiency.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced
cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame.
Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support
spring coil.
Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a
maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing
isolation efficiency.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.
Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower
threaded rod.
Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support
spring coil.
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES
A.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable
product by one of the following:
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 48- page 2 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
2.
3.
B.
2.3
Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
TOLCO Incorporated; a brand of NIBCO INC.
Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd.
General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications
shall be as defined in reports by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
C.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of
components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will
be subjected.
Adhesive Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and capsule anchor system containing polyvinyl or urethane
methacrylate-based resin and accelerator, or injected polymer or hybrid mortar adhesive.
Provide anchor bolts and hardware with zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless
steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as
tested according to ASTM E 488.
FACTORY FINISHES
A.
Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested equipment
before shipping.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Powder coating on springs and housings.
All hardware shall be galvanized. Hot-dip galvanize metal components for exterior use.
Baked enamel or powder coat for metal components on isolators for interior use.
Color-code or otherwise mark vibration isolation and seismic-control devices to indicate
capacity range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before
installation.
B.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
APPLICATIONS
A.
3.3
Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of
components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads
within specified loading limits.
VIBRATION-CONTROL AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof
curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.
B.
Equipment Restraints:
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 48- page 3 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
C.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance
between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch .
Piping Restraints:
1.
2.
3.
Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127.
Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum
of 80 feet o.c.
Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet .
D.
Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at
flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members.
E.
Drilled-in Anchors:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.4
Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for
anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling.
Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are
encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and
telecommunications conduit, and gas lines.
Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full
design strength.
Adhesive Anchors: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to
installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole
and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air
pockets in the adhesive.
Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench.
Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless-steel anchors for exterior
applications.
ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION
A.
3.5
Install flexible connections in piping where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or
branches are supported by different structural elements, and where the connections terminate
with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one
supporting the connections as they approach equipment. Comply with requirements in
Division 22 Section "Hydronic Piping" for piping flexible connections.
ADJUSTING
A.
3.6
Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation.
HVAC VIBRATION-CONTROL AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE SCHEDULE
A.
Supported or Suspended Equipment: .
1.
Pads:
2.
3.
4.
AC Transit
Oakland
a.
Material: Neoprene.
b.
Thickness: 0.25 inches .
Minimum Spring Deflection: 1-inch.
Component Importance Factor: 1.5.
Component Response Modification Factor: 1.5
Section 23 05 48- page 4 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
5.
Component Amplification Factor: 2.5.
END OF SECTION 23 05 48
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 48- page 5 of 5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 230553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.3
Equipment labels.
Pipe labels.
Stencils.
Valve tags.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of
surfaces where devices are to be applied.
B.
Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors.
C.
Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
EQUIPMENT LABELS
A.
Plastic Labels for Equipment:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
AC Transit
Oakland
Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving,
1/16 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
Letter Color: Black.
Background Color: Yellow.
Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F .
Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than
2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.
Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches
, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches , and proportionately larger lettering for
Section 23 05 53- page 1 of 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
7.
8.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size
of principal lettering.
Fasteners: Stainless-steel self-tapping screws.
Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
B.
Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number,
Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the
Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified.
C.
Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch
bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where
equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number
and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and
maintenance data.
2.2
PIPE LABELS
A.
General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering
indicating service, and showing flow direction.
B.
Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing.
C.
Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or
abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.
1.
2.
2.3
Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both
directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.
Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches.
STENCILS
A.
Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; minimum letter height
of 1-1/4 inches for ducts; and minimum letter height of 3/4 inch for access panel and door
labels, equipment labels, and similar operational instructions.
1.
2.
3.
2.4
Stencil Material: Aluminum.
Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel black unless otherwise indicated. Paint
may be in pressurized spray-can form.
Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1 unless
otherwise indicated.
VALVE TAGS
A.
Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2inch numbers.
1.
2.
B.
Tag Material: Aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or
stamped holes for attachment hardware.
Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook.
Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve
number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 53- page 2 of 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification.
Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses.
1.
Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A.
3.2
Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification
devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and
encapsulants.
EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION
A.
Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.
B.
Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.
3.3
PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION
A.
Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe
labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels, complying with ASME A13.1, on each
piping system.
1.
2.
B.
Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces;
machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and
exterior exposed locations as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background.
Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking.
Near each valve and control device.
Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units.
Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.
At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed
piping.
Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
Spaced at maximum intervals of 25 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 15 in areas
of congested piping and equipment.
On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels.
Pipe Label Color Schedule:
1.
Natural Gas Piping:
a.
b.
2.
AC Transit
Oakland
Background Color: Yellow.
Letter Color: Black.
Refrigerant Piping:
Section 23 05 53- page 3 of 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
a.
b.
3.4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Background Color: Blue.
Letter Color: White.
VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION
A.
Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within
factory-fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering
hose connections; and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use
fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule.
B.
Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and
with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs:
1.
Valve-Tag Size and Shape:
a.
Gas: 1-1/2 inches, round.
2.
Valve-Tag Color:
a.
Gas: Yellow.
3.
Letter Color:
a.
Gas: Black.
END OF SECTION 23 05 53
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 53- page 4 of 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
Section Includes:
DEFINITIONS
A.
AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.
B.
NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.
C.
TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
D.
TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau.
E.
TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation
that the TAB contractor and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified
in "Quality Assurance" Article.
B.
Certified TAB reports.
C.
Instrument calibration reports, to include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.5
Instrument type and make.
Serial number.
Application.
Dates of use.
Dates of calibration.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC or NEBB.
1.
2.
AC Transit
Oakland
TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC or NEBB
TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by AABC or NEBB
as a TAB technician.
Section 23 05 93 page 1 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
B.
TAB Conference: Meet with Owner Representative on approval of the TAB strategies and
procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Require the participation of
the TAB field supervisor and technicians. Provide seven days' advance notice of scheduled
meeting time and location.
1.
Agenda Items:
a.
b.
c.
d.
C.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
The Contract Documents examination report.
The TAB plan.
Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors.
Coordination of documentation and communication flow.
Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following:
1.
2.
Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB
reports.
Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures
specified and referenced in this Specification.
D.
TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by Owner Representative.
E.
Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration:
Section 5, "Instrumentation."
1.6
As described in ASHRAE 111,
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
1.7
Partial User Occupancy: User may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial
Completion. Cooperate with Owner Representative during TAB operations to minimize conflicts
with User operations.
COORDINATION
A.
Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and
times.
B.
Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air distribution systems have been
satisfactorily completed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover
conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment.
B.
Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer
wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify
that locations of these balancing devices are accessible.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 93 page 2 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
C.
Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment.
D.
Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions
for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and
assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls.
E.
Examine ceiling plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to verify that they meet the leakage
class of connected ducts as specified. Verify that penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and
fire-stopped if required.
F.
Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves.
1.
Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects
that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all
or part of a system.
G.
Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing,
cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed.
H.
Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections.
I.
Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned
and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation.
J.
Examine terminal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible
and their controls are connected and functioning.
K.
Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins.
L.
Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment.
M.
Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe
and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from
indicated values.
3.2
PREPARATION
A.
Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures.
B.
Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.3
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete.
Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.
Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed.
Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open.
Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and
access to balancing devices is provided.
Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be
met.
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 93 page 3 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
A.
Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures
contained in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance" or NEBB's "Procedural
Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems and in this Section.
1.
B.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.2, "Air Balancing."
Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the
minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures.
1.
2.
3.
After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness
as used to construct ducts.
After testing and balancing, install test ports and duct access doors that comply with
requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories."
Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation,
coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation."
C.
Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position
indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other
suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings.
D.
Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) English units.
3.4
PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS
A.
Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
3.5
Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number.
Motor horsepower rating.
Motor rpm.
Efficiency rating.
Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase.
Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase.
Starter thermal-protection-element rating.
Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying
from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass of the controller to prove proper operation.
Record observations including name of controller manufacturer, model number, serial number,
and nameplate data.
PROCEDURES FOR HEAT-TRANSFER COILS
A.
Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each refrigerant coil:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.6
Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
Airflow.
Air pressure drop.
Refrigerant suction pressure and temperature.
TOLERANCES
A.
Set HVAC system's air flow rates within the following tolerances:
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 93 page 4 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
2.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent.
Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent.
B.
Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as
specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems'
balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to
facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to
HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and
balancing devices.
C.
Status Reports:
Prepare weekly progress reports to describe completed procedures,
procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems
found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and
each building floor for systems serving multiple floors.
3.7
FINAL REPORT
A.
General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections
for tested systems and balanced systems.
1.
2.
Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the
certified testing and balancing engineer.
Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.
B.
Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following:
1.
Fan curves.
2.
Manufacturers' test data.
3.
Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.
4.
Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and
product data.
C.
General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Title page.
Name and address of the TAB contractor.
Project name.
Project location.
Architect's name and address.
Engineer's name and address.
Contractor's name and address.
Report date.
Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report.
Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report.
Number each page in the report.
Summary of contents including the following:
a.
b.
c.
12.
13.
14.
AC Transit
Oakland
Indicated versus final performance.
Notable characteristics of systems.
Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract
Documents.
Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings.
Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values.
Section 23 05 93 page 5 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
15.
Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
D.
Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers.
Conditions of filters.
Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.
Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter.
Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems.
Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller.
Other system operating conditions that affect performance.
System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air distribution systems. Present each system
with single-line diagram and include the following:
1.
2.
3.
E.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows.
Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes.
Location of balancing devices.
Air-Handling-Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following:
1.
Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
2.
Motor Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
3.
Motor make, and frame type and size.
Horsepower and rpm.
Volts, phase, and hertz.
Full-load amperage and service factor.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
AC Transit
Oakland
Unit identification.
Location.
Make and type.
Model number and unit size.
Manufacturer's serial number.
Unit arrangement and class.
Discharge arrangement.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
Number, make, and size of belts.
Number, type, and size of filters.
Total air flow rate in cfm .
Total system static pressure in inches wg.
Fan rpm.
Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Preheat-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Cooling-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Heating-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Outdoor airflow in cfm.
Return airflow in cfm.
Outdoor-air damper position.
Section 23 05 93 page 6 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
l.
m.
F.
Return-air damper position.
Vortex damper position.
Apparatus-Coil Test Reports:
1.
Coil Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
2.
System identification.
Location.
Coil type.
Number of rows.
Fin spacing in fins per inch o.c.
Make and model number.
Face area in sq. ft. .
Tube size in NPS .
Tube and fin materials.
Circuiting arrangement.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
G.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Air flow rate in cfm.
Average face velocity in fpm.
Air pressure drop in inches wg.
Outdoor-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
Return-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
Entering-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
Leaving-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
Water flow rate in gpm.
Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig.
Entering-water temperature in deg F.
Leaving-water temperature in deg F.
Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types.
Refrigerant suction pressure in psig.
Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F.
Inlet steam pressure in psig.
Gas- and Oil-Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports: In addition to manufacturer's factory startup
equipment reports, include the following:
1.
Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
AC Transit
Oakland
System identification.
Location.
Make and type.
Model number and unit size.
Manufacturer's serial number.
Fuel type in input data.
Output capacity in Btu/h.
Ignition type.
Burner-control types.
Motor horsepower and rpm.
Motor volts, phase, and hertz.
Motor full-load amperage and service factor.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
Section 23 05 93 page 7 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
H.
Total air flow rate in cfm.
Entering-air temperature in deg F.
Leaving-air temperature in deg F.
Air temperature differential in deg F.
Entering-air static pressure in inches wg.
Leaving-air static pressure in inches wg.
Air static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Low-fire fuel input in Btu/h.
High-fire fuel input in Btu/h.
Manifold pressure in psig.
High-temperature-limit setting in deg F.
Operating set point in Btu/h.
Motor voltage at each connection.
Motor amperage for each phase.
Heating value of fuel in Btu/h.
Electric-Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in
central-station air-handling units, include the following:
1.
Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
2.
System identification.
Location.
Coil identification.
Capacity in Btu/h.
Number of stages.
Connected volts, phase, and hertz.
Rated amperage.
Air flow rate in cfm.
Face area in sq. ft .
Minimum face velocity in fpm.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
I.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Heat output in Btu/h.
Air flow rate in cfm.
Air velocity in fpm.
Entering-air temperature in deg F.
Leaving-air temperature in deg F.
Voltage at each connection.
Amperage for each phase.
Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:
1.
Fan Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
AC Transit
Oakland
System identification.
Location.
Make and type.
Model number and size.
Manufacturer's serial number.
Arrangement and class.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Section 23 05 93 page 8 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
h.
2.
Include a diagram with a grid
Report Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
System and air-handling-unit number.
Location and zone.
Traverse air temperature in deg F.
Duct static pressure in inches wg.
Duct size in inches.
Duct area in sq. ft .
Indicated air flow rate in cfm.
Indicated velocity in fpm.
Actual air flow rate in cfm.
Actual average velocity in fpm.
Barometric pressure in psig.
Instrument Calibration Reports:
1.
Report Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3.8
Total airflow rate in cfm.
Total system static pressure in inches wg.
Fan rpm.
Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
Suction static pressure in inches wg.
Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports:
representing the duct cross-section and record the following:
1.
K.
Motor make, and frame type and size.
Horsepower and rpm.
Volts, phase, and hertz.
Full-load amperage and service factor.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
Number, make, and size of belts.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
J.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
Motor Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
3.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Instrument type and make.
Serial number.
Application.
Dates of use.
Dates of calibration.
INSPECTIONS
A.
Initial Inspection:
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly check
measurements to verify that the system is operating according to the final test and
balance readings documented in the final report.
Section 23 05 93 page 9 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.
Check the following for each system:
a.
b.
c.
d.
B.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.
3.9
After initial inspection is complete and documentation by random checks verifies that
testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final report,
request that a final inspection be made by Architect and Engineer of Record.
The TAB contractor's test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the
presence of Architect and Engineer of Record
Architect and Engineer of Record shall randomly select measurements, documented in
the final report, to be rechecked. Rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the
total measurements recorded or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in
a normal 8-hour business day.
If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the
final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as
"FAILED."
If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total
measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be
considered incomplete and shall be rejected.
TAB Work will be considered defective if it does not pass final inspections. If TAB Work fails,
proceed as follows:
1.
D.
Measure airflow of at least 10 percent of air outlets.
Measure room temperature at each thermostat/temperature sensor. Compare the
reading to the set point.
Verify that balancing devices are marked with final balance position.
Note deviations from the Contract Documents in the final report.
Final Inspection:
1.
C.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing
device settings to include all changes; resubmit the final report and request a second final
inspection.
If the second final inspection also fails, Owner may contract the services of another TAB
contractor to complete TAB Work according to the Contract Documents and deduct the
cost of the services from the original TAB contractor's final payment.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
ADDITIONAL TESTS
A.
Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are
being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions.
B.
Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and
winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near-peak summer and winter conditions.
END OF SECTION 23 05 93
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 05 93 page 10 of 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 230700 - HVAC INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.3
Section Includes:
1.
Insulation Materials:
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
a.
Calcium silicate.
b.
Cellular glass.
c.
Mineral fiber.
Adhesives.
Mastics.
Lagging adhesives.
Sealants.
Factory-applied jackets.
Field-applied jackets.
Tapes.
Securements.
Related Sections:
1.
Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" for duct liners.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness, and
jackets (both factory and field applied, if any).
B.
Field quality-control reports.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship
program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training.
B.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-testresponse characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84,
by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label
insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers,
with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
AC Transit
Oakland
HVAC INSULATION
Section 23 07 00- page 1 of 10
230700 - 1
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
2.
1.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 50 or less.
Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 150 or less.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
1.6
Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate
ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
B.
Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application, duct
Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for equipment insulation
application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain
clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and
for space required for maintenance.
C.
Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.
1.7
SCHEDULING
A.
Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after
installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have
satisfactory test results.
B.
Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
INSULATION MATERIALS
A.
Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be
applied.
B.
Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type with factory-applied vinyl jacket.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following :
a.
b.
c.
d.
AC Transit
Oakland
HVAC INSULATION
CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap.
Johns Manville; Microlite.
Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap.
Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap.
Section 23 07 00- page 2 of 10
230700 - 2
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
e.
2.2
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Owens Corning; All-Service Duct Wrap.
ADHESIVES
A.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding
insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
2.3
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
MASTICS
A.
Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient
services.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following :
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.4
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-35.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-90.
ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB-50.
Marathon Industries, Inc.; 590.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-40.
Vimasco Corporation; 749.
Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film
thickness.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F .
Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 59 percent by volume and 71 percent by weight.
Color: White.
LAGGING ADHESIVES
A.
Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with insulation
materials, jackets, and substrates.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following :
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
3.
4.
2.5
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-52.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-42.
Marathon Industries, Inc.; 130.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 11-30.
Vimasco Corporation; 136.
Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fireresistant lagging cloths over duct, equipment, and pipe insulation.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 180 deg F .
Color: White.
TAPES
A.
ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive,
complying with ASTM C 1136.
AC Transit
Oakland
HVAC INSULATION
Section 23 07 00- page 3 of 10
230700 - 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following :
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Width: 3 inches .
Thickness: 11.5 mils .
Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
Elongation: 2 percent.
Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following :
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827.
Compac Corp.; 110 and 111.
Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 491 AWF FSK.
Venture Tape; 1525 CW, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ.
Width: 3 inches .
Thickness: 6.5 mils .
Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
Elongation: 2 percent.
Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.
Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following :
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.6
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0835.
Compac Corp.; 104 and 105.
Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 428 AWF ASJ.
Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.
FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive;
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1.
C.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800.
Compac Corp.; 120.
Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 488 AWF.
Venture Tape; 3520 CW.
Width: 2 inches .
Thickness: 3.7 mils .
Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width.
Elongation: 5 percent.
Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch in width.
SECUREMENTS
A.
Insulation Pins and Hangers:
1.
Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for
capacitor-discharge welding, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of
insulation indicated.
AC Transit
Oakland
HVAC INSULATION
Section 23 07 00- page 4 of 10
230700 - 4
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
a.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following :
1)
2)
3)
4)
2.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following :
1)
2)
3)
4)
AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1.
GEMCO; Cupped Head Weld Pin.
Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Cupped Head.
Nelson Stud Welding; CHP.
Nonmetal Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch
thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place
but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
a.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following :
1)
2)
B.
AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1.
GEMCO; CD.
Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD.
Nelson Stud Welding; TPA, TPC, and TPS.
Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully
annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch- ] diameter shank, length to suit
depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon-steel washer.
a.
3.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
GEMCO.
Midwest Fasteners, Inc.
Wire: 0.062-inch soft-annealed, galvanized steel.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
Childers Products.
b.
PABCO Metals Corporation.
c.
RPR Products, Inc.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other
conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1.
2.
3.
3.2
Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of
defects.
Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
AC Transit
Oakland
HVAC INSULATION
Section 23 07 00- page 5 of 10
230700 - 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
B.
Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a
corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows:
C.
Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing.
requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.
D.
Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with
stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.
3.3
Comply with
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping including fittings,
valves, and specialties.
B.
Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required
for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in insulation system
schedules.
C.
Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or
dry state.
D.
Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E.
Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F.
Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
G.
Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
H.
Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
I.
Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
J.
Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1.
2.
3.
4.
K.
Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor
legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper
and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over
jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.
Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
a.
AC Transit
Oakland
HVAC INSULATION
For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
Section 23 07 00- page 6 of 10
230700 - 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.
3.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer
to maintain vapor seal.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and
at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings.
L.
Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
thickness.
M.
Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
N.
Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches
similar to butt joints.
O.
For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.4
Vibration-control devices.
Testing agency labels and stamps.
Nameplates and data plates.
Manholes.
Handholes.
Cleanouts.
PENETRATIONS
A.
Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations:
penetrations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of
roof flashing.
Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously
through wall penetrations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Install insulation continuously through roof
Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least
2 inches .
Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins.
1.
Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area
100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
AC Transit
Oakland
HVAC INSULATION
Section 23 07 00- page 7 of 10
230700 - 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.
3.
Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head,
capacitor-discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of
vertical ducts as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
4.
b.
6.
7.
3.5
On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal
centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16
inches o.c.
On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches , place pins 16 inches o.c.
each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to
hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.
Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and
plenums.
Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers.
Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with
insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation
facing.
For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous
unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with
insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure
laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c.
Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier
mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions.
a.
5.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vaporbarrier seal.
Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot
intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped
pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface.
Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the
insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches .
Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints.
At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c.
Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section
for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually
mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with
6-inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of
stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c.
FINISHES
A.
3.6
Duct, Equipment, with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material:
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
AC Transit
Oakland
HVAC INSULATION
Section 23 07 00- page 8 of 10
230700 - 8
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
C.
3.7
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and
insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be
limited to one location for each duct system.
All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals
noncompliance with requirements.
DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A.
Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Items Not Externally Insulated:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
3.8
Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air.
Indoor, concealed return located in nonconditioned space.
Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior.
Outdoor, concealed supply and return.
Outdoor, exposed supply and return.
Fibrous-glass ducts.
Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to provide thermal resistance value of R8.
Factory-insulated flexible ducts.
Factory-insulated plenums and casings.
Flexible connectors.
Vibration-control devices.
Factory-insulated access panels and doors.
INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE
A.
Concealed, round and flat-oval, supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick with an R-value of 8 per California T-24 energy
compliance.
B.
Concealed, round and flat-oval, return-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick with an R-value of 8 per California T-24 energy
compliance.
C.
Concealed, rectangular, supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick with an R-value of 8 per California T-24 energy
compliance.
D.
Concealed, rectangular, return-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick with an R-value of 8 per California T-24 energy
compliance.
E.
Concealed, supply-air plenum insulation shall be one of the following:
1.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick with an R-value of 8 per California T-24 energy
compliance.
2.
F.
Concealed, return-air plenum insulation shall be one of the following:
AC Transit
Oakland
HVAC INSULATION
Section 23 07 00- page 9 of 10
230700 - 9
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick with an R-value of 8 per California T-24 energy
compliance.
END OF SECTION 23 07 00
AC Transit
Oakland
HVAC INSULATION
Section 23 07 00- page 10 of 10
230700 - 10
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 230900 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems and components, including control
components for terminal heating and cooling units not supplied with factory-wired controls.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Include manufacturer’s technical literature for each control device. Indicate
dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes for
materials, and installation and startup instructions for each type of product indicated.
B.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For HVAC instrumentation and control system to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01
Section
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Automatic control system manufacturer’s authorized representative who
is trained and approved for installation of system components required for this Project.
B.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
1.5
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Factory-Mounted Components: Where control devices specified in this Section are indicated to
be factory mounted on equipment, arrange for shipping of control devices to equipment
manufacturer.
B.
COORDINATION
C.
Coordinate location of thermostats and other exposed control sensors with plans and room
details before installation.
D.
Coordinate equipment with Division 26 Section “Network Lighting Controls” to achieve
compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 09 00- page 1 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.2
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified.
CONTROL SYSTEM
A.
2.3
Manufacturers:
1.
Honeywell International Inc.; Home & Building Control.
2.
Johnson Controls, Inc.; Controls Group.
3.
Trane; Worldwide Applied Systems Group
THERMOSTATS FOR AC-3, AC-4, AC-5, AC-6
A.
Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Trane Controls.
Danfoss Inc.; Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Div.
Heat-Timer Corporation.
Sauter Controls Corporation.
Tekmar Control Systems, Inc.
Electric, solid-state, microcomputer-based room thermostat.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Automatic switching from heating to cooling.
Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point.
Set up for four separate temperatures per day.
Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from 1 hour to 31 days.
Short-cycle protection.
Programming based on every day of week.
Selection features include degree F or degree C display, 12- or 24-hour clock, keyboard
disable, remote sensor, and fan on-auto.
No battery.
Connection to Tracker BAS with communication cable.
Thermostat display features include the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
C.
Time of day.
Actual room temperature.
Programmed temperature.
Programmed time.
Duration of timed override.
Day of week.
System mode indications include “heating,” “off,” “fan auto,” and “fan on.”
Connection to interface with Tracker Version 12 building automation system.
Line-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: Bimetal-actuated, open contact or bellows-actuated,
enclosed, snap-switch or equivalent solid-state type, with heat anticipator; listed for electrical
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 09 00- page 2 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
rating; with concealed set-point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F set-point range, and 2 deg F
maximum differential.
1.
Electric Heating Thermostats: Equip with off position on dial wired to break ungrounded
conductors.
Selector Switch: Integral, manual on-off-auto.
2.
2.4
AC-1 AND AC-2 DDC CONTROLS
A.
2.5
Provide Tracker PC software, and binary outputs that can be programmed to energize and
de-energize the relays in response to system conditions and schedules. The module has
universal inputs that can receive and
interpret binary (on/off), and analog (range) values.
Connecting to the module enables the Tracker controller to monitor Trane temperature sensors, and CO2 sensors.
SIMPLE BUILDING CONTROL
A. Provide the Tracker Version 12 building automation system (BAS) heating, ventilating, and air
conditioning (HVAC) energy management system for this building.
B. Provide the Tracker BAS including; a controller with a liquid crystal display (LCD) touch
screen, Windows-based software that will be installed on a PC workstation, and LonMark®
compliant. Provide the Trane Comm5 link. The Trane Comm5 link is a communication link
that implements LonTalk and a LonTalk FTT-10A network. LonTalk is an open, industrystandard protocol.
2.6
REMOTE COMMUNICATIONS
A. Modem - Provide both the controller and the PC. Provide a modem. The modem enables offsite connections over standard phone lines. It enables remote operation of the Tracker BAS
and provides the means to deliver alarms and messages to the workstation PC, email address, and pagers.
B. Provide both the touch screen and the PC. Provide an easy-to-use visual interface. The interfaces enable an operator
to set up and change HVAC operating parameters and collect and display building information.
2.7
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. Provide, all equipment that makes up a comprehensive Tracker system is available from
Trane. In addition to a Tracker BAS, a Tracker system can include the following Trane HVAC
components:
B. Trane VariTrac central control panels (CCPs)
2.8 FEATURES
A. Both the controller and the PC software of the Tracker BAS offer these features:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
AC Transit
Oakland
Intuitive LCD touch screen user interface.
365-day scheduling and 10 schedules.
Capability of including all equipment and devices in one schedule.
Temporary schedule override.
Easy-to-administer security system with two levels of access.
Section 23 09 00- page 3 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Automatic daylight savings time changeover.
Error and alarm messaging.
Set point viewing and editing.
Auto configuration.
Alarm log.
Global PC workstation software Alarm log - accepting remote alarms from capable panels.
12. Trending of any point available in the system, 10 trends with up to 64 samples each.
13. Optimal start to insure space is to desired temperature at occupied time.
14. Reports are available to review and print. Standard reports include timed-override usage
and
energy re ports Timed override will calculate the actual minutes per month of timedoverride use; energy report which will indicate todays, yesterdays, this month, last month,
this years, and last years energy usage.
B. Features exclusive to the controller:
1. Auto-configuration.
2. Pager notification for error and alarm messages.
3. LCD touch screen.
C. Features exclusive to the PC software:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.8
Dial-in connection
Backup and restore capability
Standard graphics and HTML graphical interface
Binary output programming capability
Operator-defined custom alarms capability
Printer support
Setting up and viewing trends and reports
AUTO-CONFIGURATION
A. Provide Auto-configuration. When Trane Comm5 devices are used as a system and power is
applied to the controller, the Tracker BAS automatically configures itself. It is no longer necessary to program the building management system. During auto configuration, the controller:
1. Discovers all devices on the communication link
2. Loads all devices into a non-erasable memory database
3. Turns to On or Occupied all discovered HVAC equipment.
B. After auto configuration, the building is under the control of the Tracker controller and its factory defaults. At this point, the controller can run the building with no further involvement of
personnel. The installer or operator can choose, now or later, to replace the device IDs (Neuron IDs set at the factory) with descriptive names and provide a building schedule.
2.9
MODELS/CAPACITIES
A. Tracker 12: Provide the Tracker 12 SCC (Space Comfort Controllers as defined by LonMark)
+ 5 CCP (VariTrac Central Control Panels) + 4 MP503 (Input/Output Modules).
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 09 00- page 4 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
B. Provide the Tracker PC software, so that the binary outputs can be programmed to energize
and de-energize the relays in response to system conditions and schedules. Provide the
module with universal inputs that can receive and interpret binary (on/off), and analog (range)
values. Provide connection to the module to enables the Tracker controller to monitor Trane
temperature sensors and CO2 sensors.
2.10
COMMUNICATION
A.
2.11
Provide the Tracker 12 controller as a Comm5 device. Comm5 is the fifth generation Trane
communication architecture. It implements LonTalk, an open, industry-standard protocol.
The rooftop package gas electric units, central control panels, unitary controllers, and I/O
controllers that the Tracker controller communicates with reside on a LonTalk FTT-10A network. They provide data using LonMark® standard network variable types (SNVTs, pronounced Sniv-its) and configuration properties. Provide the HVAC equipment controllers that
employ SCC profiles, as defined by LonMark® Interoperability Association. Ancillary sensors
(such as temperature sensors) that are hard-wired to the terminals on the Tracker, CCP, and
I/O module are standard resistive type sensors and do not communicate using LonTalk. They
only provide analog or binary inputs and outputs.
THE PC WORKSTATION
A. Provide a personal computer, keyboard, LCD touch screen, and PC software. The controls
contractor connects the RJ-11 (modem connection) or RJ-12 (direct connection) cable to the
appropriate connector on the underside of the controller. The controls contractor shall provide PC software, using the Tracker
CD. Install the PC CD-ROM drive and follow the selfprompting installation wizard.
B. Configure the PC workstation so that an operator can set up and change HVAC operating parameters and collect and display building information at either the Tracker controller or the
PC workstation. Each location provides access to an easy-to-use user interface.
C. Provide the personal computer with the following capabilities:
1. RAM: 4 gig
2. CD-RW/DVD
3. Hard Disc: 80 gig
4. Graphics Card: 16 meg memory
5. Processor: Pentium 4 or better
2.12
TRACKER CONTROLLER OPERATION
A. LCD touch screen: Provide the LCD touch screen, combined with an intuitive menu-driven
user interface, providing access to the Tracker system from the controller.
B. Configure the Tracker BAS to: Save installation time and materials costs by reducing the
amount of wire used and by requiring only a thermistor in each area rather than a programmable zone sensor. Schedule all devices from one location, rather than requiring that
each device be scheduled independently. Monitor alarms from one location.
2.13
ROOFTOP VAV AND CHANGEOVER BYPASS OPERATION
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 09 00- page 5 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
A. Configure the Tracker BAS to be capable of supervising and scheduling a VariTrac VAV system. To do this, provide Trane VariTrac changeover bypass zoning systems introduced into
the Tracker system. Provide a Tracker controller connected to one or more VariTrac Central
Control Panel (CCP). Each CCP is connected to one Rooftop unit, AC-1 and AC-2. The
Tracker controller provides centralized scheduling and access to CCP alarms. Each CCP
monitors its zone sensors and allows each zone to “vote” its needs, which are determined by
the schedule and its set points. Based on that data, the CCP sets the operating mode (heat
or cool) of the HVAC equipment.
B. In addition, the CCP maintains a operator-defined static pressure in the ductwork by controlling a bypass damper.
2.14
TRACKER CONTROL PANEL
A. Power Requirements: 24 Vac nominal (19-30 Vac),50/60 Hz, 1 phase 40 VA minimum, Class
2 transformer required.
B. Cabinet:
NEMA 1 resin enclosure
Plenum rated
Mounting Flat wall surface or with a conduit box that is either: Recessed, 2 in. × 4 in. (5 cm ×
10 cm)
Recessed, 4 in. × 4 in. (10 cm × 10 cm)
Dimensions:
Height: 8-3/4.in. (22.38 cm)
Width: 10-1/4 in. (26.04 cm)
Depth: 2-3/4 in. (6.99 cm)
C. Minimum clearances
Top:
12 in.
Bottom: 12 in.
Left:
12 in.
Right: 12 in.
Front: 36 in.
Weight 2.5 lb. (1.13 kg)
D. Analog input - Outside air temp.
Thermistor: 10K ohm at 77°F (25°C)
From -50°F to 200°F (-46°C to 93°C)
E. Binary inputs: Tracker-supplied voltage: 12 Vdc nominal (10-14 Vdc), 12 mA nominal (10-14
mA)
F. Binary output: Alarm relay: Tracker-supplied relay, Single-pole single-throw (SPST) dry contact rated at 24 Vac, 1 A maximum
G. Memory backup: At power loss, the Tracker controller backs up memory and stores all data
for seven days; after seven days, trends and alarms are not retained.
H. Approvals: U.L.:Models 12
2.15
A.
DDC ZONE TEMPERATURE SENSORS
DDC Zone Sensor Only: This electronic device utilizes a thermistor to vary the voltage output
in response to changes in the zone temperature. Wiring to the U.C.M, controls cable must be
18 to 22 awg., shielded twisted pair wiring. The set point adjustment range is 50.0 F - 88.0
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 09 00- page 6 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
F. This is a sensor only with a 2 wire connection. It can be set from the PC workstation but it
cannot be adjusted manually on the wall.
2.16
A.
DDC Zone and By-pass Damper
Dampers: AMCA-rated, opposed-blade design; 0.108-inch- minimum thick, galvanized-steel or
0.125-inch- minimum thick, extruded-aluminum frames with holes for duct mounting; damper
blades shall not be less than 0.064-inch- thick galvanized steel with maximum blade width of
8 inches and length of 48 inches .
1. Power Requirements: 20-30 Vac, 60Hz, single-phase 10 VA minimum. Class 2 transformer
required. Transformer 120VAC / 24 VAC 40VA.
2. Control Enclosure: NEMA 1 metal enclosure, plenum rated.
1. Communication link wiring must be Level 4 22-AWG twisted shielded pair wire with stranded
tinned copper conductors. Maximum total wire length is 3,500 feet.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
3.2
Verify that power supply and gas supply is available to control Air Conditioning Units.
INSTALLATION
A.
Verify location of thermostats, with Drawings and room details before installation.
devices 48 inches above the floor.
B.
Install damper motors on outside of duct in warm areas, not in locations exposed to outdoor
temperatures.
3.3
Install
ADJUSTING
A.
Calibrating and Adjusting:
1.
3.4
Adjust air conditioning units supply air volume and temperature as required to meet the
load in the space.
DEMONSTRATION
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner’s maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC instrumentation and controls. Refer to Division 01 Section
“Demonstration and Training.”
END OF SECTION 23 09 00
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 09 00- page 7 of 7
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 231123 - FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.3
Pipes, tubes, and fittings.
Piping specialties.
Piping and tubing joining materials.
Valves.
Mechanical sleeve seals.
Grout.
Concrete bases.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred
spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings,
unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
B.
Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied
spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
C.
Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
1.4
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Minimum Operating-Pressure Ratings:
1.
Piping and Valves: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Natural-Gas System Pressure within Buildings: 7-inches of water column.
C.
Delegated Design: Design restraints and anchors for natural-gas piping and equipment,
including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using
performance requirements and design criteria indicated.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of the following:
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 11 23- page 1 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
1.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Piping specialties.
Valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data of
selected models.
Mechanical sleeve seals.
Escutcheons.
Field quality-control reports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Steel Support Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
B.
Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code.
C.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
1.7
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and dispose of liquids from existing natural-gas piping
according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping,
storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and
moisture.
C.
Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory-applied protective coatings to avoid damaging
coating, and protect from direct sunlight.
D.
Protect stored PE pipes and valves from direct sunlight.
1.8
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact
utility-locating service for area where Project is located.
B.
Interruption of Existing Natural-Gas Service: Do not interrupt natural-gas service to facilities
occupied by User or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide purging and startup of natural-gas supply according to requirements
indicated:
1.
2.
1.9
Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption
of natural-gas service.
Do not proceed with interruption of natural-gas service without TJPA Representative's
written permission.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 11 23- page 2 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
B.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for valves installed concealed behind
finished surfaces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS
A.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B.
1.
2.
3.
Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern.
Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint,
and threaded ends.
Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, minimum Class 150, including
bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
4.
Protective Coating for Underground Piping:
epoxy, adhesive, and PE.
a.
B.
Factory-applied, three-layer coating of
Joint Cover Kits: Epoxy paint, adhesive, and heat-shrink PE sleeves.
Annealed-Temper Copper Tube: Comply with ASTM B 88, Type K.
1.
2.
Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought copper, and streamlined pattern.
Flare Fittings: Comply with ASME B16.26 and SAE J513.
a.
b.
c.
3.
C.
Material Group: 1.1.
End Connections: Threaded or butt welding to match pipe.
Lapped Face: Not permitted underground.
Gasket Materials: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o-rings,
and spiral-wound metal gaskets.
Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel aboveground and stainless steel
underground.
Copper fittings with long nuts.
Metal-to-metal compression seal without gasket.
Dryseal threads complying with ASME B1.20.3.
Protective Coating for Underground Tubing: Factory-applied, extruded PE a minimum of
0.022 inch thick.
PE Pipe: ASTM D 2513, SDR 11.
1.
2.
3.
PE Fittings: ASTM D 2683, socket-fusion type or ASTM D 3261, butt-fusion type with
dimensions matching PE pipe.
PE Transition Fittings:
Factory-fabricated fittings with PE pipe complying with
ASTM D 2513, SDR 11; and steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel,
Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B.
Anodeless Service-Line Risers: Factory fabricated and leak tested.
a.
b.
AC Transit
Oakland
Underground Portion: PE pipe complying with ASTM D 2513, SDR 11 inlet.
Casing: Steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, black steel,
Type E or S, Grade B, with corrosion-protective coating covering. Vent casing
above ground.
Section 23 11 23- page 3 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
4.
Aboveground Portion: PE transition fitting.
Outlet shall be threaded or flanged or suitable for welded connection.
Tracer wire connection.
Ultraviolet shield.
Stake supports with factory finish to match steel pipe casing or carrier pipe.
Transition Service-Line Risers: Factory fabricated and leak tested.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
5.
Underground Portion: PE pipe complying with ASTM D 2513, SDR 11 inlet
connected to steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, Type E or
S, Grade B, with corrosion-protective coating for aboveground outlet.
Outlet shall be threaded or flanged or suitable for welded connection.
Bridging sleeve over mechanical coupling.
Factory-connected anode.
Tracer wire connection.
Ultraviolet shield.
Stake supports with factory finish to match steel pipe casing or carrier pipe.
Plastic Mechanical Couplings,NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Capable of joining PE pipe to PE
pipe.
a.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1)
2)
3)
b.
c.
d.
e.
6.
PE body with molded-in, stainless-steel support ring.
Buna-nitrile seals.
Acetal collets.
Electro-zinc-plated steel stiffener.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1)
2)
3)
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
AC Transit
Oakland
Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc.
Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div.
Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.
Plastic Mechanical Couplings,NPS 2 and Larger: Capable of joining PE pipe to PE pipe,
steel pipe to PE pipe, or steel pipe to steel pipe.
a.
7.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc.
Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div.
Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.
Fiber-reinforced plastic body.
PE body tube.
Buna-nitrile seals.
Acetal collets.
Stainless-steel bolts, nuts, and washers.
Steel Mechanical Couplings: Capable of joining plain-end PE pipe to PE pipe, steel pipe
to PE pipe, or steel pipe to steel pipe.
Section 23 11 23- page 4 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
a.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1)
2)
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.2
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Dresser Piping Specialties; Division of Dresser, Inc.
Smith-Blair, Inc.
Steel flanges and tube with epoxy finish.
Buna-nitrile seals.
Steel bolts, washers, and nuts.
Factory-installed anode for steel-body couplings installed underground.
PIPING SPECIALTIES
A.
Appliance Flexible Connectors:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Y-Pattern Strainers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
2.3
Indoor, Fixed-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24.
Indoor, Movable-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.69.
Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75.
Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with polymer coating.
Operating-Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig .
End Fittings: Zinc-coated steel.
Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1.
Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection.
End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2
and larger.
Strainer Screen: 60-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 50
percent free area.
CWP Rating: 125 psig .
Weatherproof Vent Cap: Cast- or malleable-iron increaser fitting with corrosion-resistant wire
screen, with free area at least equal to cross-sectional area of connecting pipe and threadedend connection.
JOINING MATERIALS
A.
Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas.
B.
Brazing Filler Metals: Alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F complying with
AWS A5.8/A5.8M. Brazing alloys containing more than 0.05 percent phosphorus are prohibited.
2.4
MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES
A.
See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas
Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services.
B.
General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Comply with ASME B16.33.
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
CWP Rating: 125 psig.
Section 23 11 23- page 5 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1.
Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.3.
Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas
Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule"
Articles.
Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for
valves 1 inch and smaller.
Service Mark: Valves 1-1/4 inches to NPS 2 shall have initials "WOG" permanently
marked on valve body.
General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Comply with ASME B16.38.
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
CWP Rating: 125 psig .
Flanged Ends: Comply with ASME B16.5 for steel flanges.
Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas
Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule"
Articles.
Service Mark: Initials "WOG" shall be permanently marked on valve body.
One-Piece, Bronze Ball Valve with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
E.
BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div.
McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co.
Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.
Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584.
Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
Stem: Bronze; blowout proof.
Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof.
Packing: Separate packnut with adjustable-stem packing threaded ends.
Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff
Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.
CWP Rating: 600 psig .
Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.
Valve Boxes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.5
Cast-iron, two-section box.
Top section with cover with "GAS" lettering.
Bottom section with base to fit over valve and barrel a minimum of 5 inches in diameter.
Adjustable cast-iron extensions of length required for depth of bury.
Include tee-handle, steel operating wrench with socket end fitting valve nut or flat head,
and with stem of length required to operate valve.
EARTHQUAKE VALVES
A.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Earthquake Valves: Comply with ASCE 25.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 11 23- page 6 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
2.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Vanguard Valves, Inc.
KOSO.
Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Maximum Operating Pressure: 5 psig .
Cast-aluminum body with nickel-plated chrome steel internal parts.
Nitrile-rubber valve washer.
Sight windows for visual indication of valve position.
Threaded end connections complying with ASME B1.20.1.
Wall mounting bracket with bubble level indicator.
DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A.
2.7
Dielectric Unions:
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co.
b.
Watts Regulator Co.; Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
c.
Wilkins; Zurn Plumbing Products Group.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Minimum Operating-Pressure Rating: 150 psig .
Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials.
Insulating materials suitable for natural gas.
Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, brazed-joint,
plain, or welded end connections that match piping system materials.
SLEEVES
A.
Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain
ends.
B.
Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe,
with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
2.8
MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A.
Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space
between pipe and sleeve.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
AC Transit
Oakland
Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
Metraflex Company (The).
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type
and number required for pipe material and size of pipe and sleeve.
Pressure Plates: Carbon steel.
Section 23 11 23- page 7 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
4.
2.9
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel of length required to secure pressure plates to
sealing elements. Include one nut and bolt for each sealing element.
ESCUTCHEONS
A.
General Requirements for Escutcheons: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor
plates, with ID to fit around pipe or tube, and OD that completely covers opening.
B.
One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Escutcheons: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chromeplated finish.
C.
One-Piece, Cast-Brass Escutcheons: With set screw.
1.
D.
2.10
A.
One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Escutcheons: With set screw and chrome-plated finish.
GROUT
Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout.
1.
2.
3.
2.11
A.
Finish: Rough brass.
Characteristics:
Post-hardening, volume adjusting, nonstaining,
nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.
Design Mix: 5000-psi , 28-day compressive strength.
Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
noncorrosive,
LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, PE film warning tape manufactured for
marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick,
continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective
jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches
deep; colored yellow.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine roughing-in for natural-gas piping system to verify actual locations of piping
connections before equipment installation.
B.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
PREPARATION
A.
Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off natural gas to premises or piping section.
B.
Inspect natural-gas piping to determine that natural-gas utilization devices are turned off in
piping section affected.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 11 23- page 8 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
C.
3.3
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Comply with NFPA 54 requirements for prevention of accidental ignition.
OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with NFPA 54 for installation and purging of natural-gas piping.
B.
Install underground, natural-gas piping buried at least 36 inches below finished grade.
1.
If natural-gas piping is installed less than 36 inches below finished grade, install it in
containment conduit.
C.
Install underground, PE, natural-gas piping according to ASTM D 2774.
D.
Steel Piping with Protective Coating:
1.
2.
3.
E.
Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal, and protect joints.
Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating
manufacturer.
Replace pipe having damaged PE coating with new pipe.
Copper Tubing with Protective Coating:
1.
2.
Apply joint cover kits over tubing to cover, seal, and protect joints.
Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating
manufacturer.
F.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
G.
Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations:
Seal penetrations using sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between
pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1.
2.
Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.
Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter.
H.
Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal
pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular
clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
I.
Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for
pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals
and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates
that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
3.4
INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with NFPA 54 for installation and purging of natural-gas piping.
B.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss,
expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to
layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 11 23- page 9 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
C.
Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during
progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.
D.
Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms
and service areas.
E.
Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
F.
Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
G.
Locate valves for easy access.
H.
Install natural-gas piping at uniform grade of 2 percent down toward drip and sediment traps.
I.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
J.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
K.
Install escutcheons at penetrations of interior walls, ceilings, and floors.
1.
New Piping:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type.
Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass
type with polished chrome-plated finish.
Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stampedsteel type.
Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with
polished chrome-plated finish.
Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with
polished chrome-plated finish and set screw.
L.
Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at
pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in
Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
M.
Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
N.
Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas-fired appliances and equipment for
roughing-in requirements.
O.
Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including
service-meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install
where condensate is subject to freezing.
1.
P.
Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped.
Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long and
same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or
cap.
Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure
protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 11 23- page 10 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Q.
Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or
floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view.
R.
Concealed Location Installations: Except as specified below, install concealed natural-gas
piping and piping installed under the building in containment conduit constructed of steel pipe
with welded joints as described in Part 2. Install a vent pipe from containment conduit to
outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Above Accessible Ceilings: Natural-gas piping, fittings, valves, and regulators may be
installed in accessible spaces without containment conduit.
In Floors: Install natural-gas piping with welded or brazed joints and protective coating in
cast-in-place concrete floors. Cover piping to be cast in concrete slabs with minimum of
1-1/2 inches of concrete. Piping may not be in physical contact with other metallic
structures such as reinforcing rods or electrically neutral conductors. Do not embed
piping in concrete slabs containing quick-set additives or cinder aggregate.
In Floor Channels: Install natural-gas piping in floor channels. Channels must have
cover and be open to space above cover for ventilation.
In Walls or Partitions: Protect tubing installed inside partitions or hollow walls from
physical damage using steel striker barriers at rigid supports.
a.
5.
Exception:
barriers.
Tubing passing through partitions or walls does not require striker
Prohibited Locations:
a.
b.
Do not install natural-gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash
chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator
shafts.
Do not install natural-gas piping in solid walls or partitions.
S.
Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side
down.
T.
Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.
U.
Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each
piece of equipment. Unions are not required at flanged connections.
V.
Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode.
W.
Install strainer on inlet of each line-pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated
valve.
3.5
VALVE INSTALLATION
A.
Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless-steel
tubing, aluminum, or copper connector.
B.
Install underground valves with valve boxes.
C.
Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space
adequate for servicing and testing.
D.
Install earthquake valves aboveground outside buildings according to listing.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 11 23- page 11 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
E.
3.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Install anode for metallic valves in underground PE piping.
PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.
B.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
C.
Threaded Joints:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D.
Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1.
Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies.
Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe.
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal
threading is specified.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
Welded Joints:
1.
2.
3.
Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and
welding operators.
Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds
and where damage to coating occurs during construction.
E.
Brazed Joints:
Chapter.
F.
Flanged Joints: Install gasket material, size, type, and thickness appropriate for natural-gas
service. Install gasket concentrically positioned.
G.
Flared Joints: Cut tubing with roll cutting tool. Flare tube end with tool to result in flare
dimensions complying with SAE J513. Tighten finger tight, then use wrench. Do not
overtighten.
H.
PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or
paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657.
1.
2.
3.7
Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube"
Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion.
Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices
specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and
Equipment."
B.
Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specified in Division 23 Section
"Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 11 23- page 12 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
C.
Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod
sizes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.8
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches ; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch .
NPS 1-1/4 : Maximum span, 108 inches ; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch .
NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 : Maximum span, 108 inches ; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch .
NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2 : Maximum span, 10 feet ; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch .
NPS 4 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet ; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch .
CONNECTIONS
A.
Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements.
B.
Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas appliance equipment
grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70.
C.
Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances.
D.
Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within
72 inches of each gas-fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve and
appliances or equipment.
E.
Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as
practical to inlet of each appliance.
3.9
LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
A.
Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and
Equipment" for piping and valve identification.
B.
Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches below finished grade,
except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.
3.10
A.
OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE
Underground natural-gas piping only to 5'-0" from the building shall be the following:
1.
2.
B.
Aboveground natural-gas piping shall be one of the following:
1.
2.
C.
3.11
PE pipe and fittings joined by heat fusion, or mechanical couplings; service-line risers
with tracer wire terminated in an accessible location.
Annealed -temper copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints. Coat pipe
and fittings with protective coating for copper tubing.
Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
Annealed -temper copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints.
Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and
fittings with protective coating for steel piping.
INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES LESS THAN 0.5 PSIG
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 11 23- page 13 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
A.
Aboveground, branch piping NPS 2-inch and smaller shall be one of the following:
1.
Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
B.
Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following:
1.
C.
Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
Underground, below building, piping shall be one of the following:
1.
Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
D.
Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and
fittings with protective coating for steel piping.
E.
Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded or
wrought-steel fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective
coating for steel piping.
3.12
UNDERGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE
A.
Connections to Existing Gas Piping: Use valve and fitting assemblies made for tapping utility's
gas mains and listed by an NRTL.
B.
Underground:
1.
NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze plug valves.
3.13
A.
ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE
Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller at service meter shall be one of the following:
1.
B.
Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger at service meter shall be one of the following:
1.
C.
One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim.
Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.
Valves in branch piping for single appliance shall be one of the following:
1.
One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim.
END OF SECTION 23 11 23
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 11 23- page 14 of 14
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 233113 - METAL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
2.
3.
1.3
Single-wall rectangular ducts and fittings.
Single-wall round ducts and fittings.
Sheet metal materials.
Duct liner.
Sealants and gaskets.
Hangers and supports.
Seismic-restraint devices.
Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting,
and balancing requirements for metal ducts.
Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound-control devices, ductmounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint
construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design
criteria indicated.
1.
Static-Pressure Classes:
a.
b.
c.
2.
Leakage Class:
a.
b.
c.
B.
Supply Ducts: 2-inch wg.
Return Ducts (Negative Pressure): 2-inch wg.
Exhaust Ducts (Negative Pressure): 2-inch wg.
Round Supply-Air Duct 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1.5-inch wg.
Rectangular Supply-Air Duct: 6 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg.
Flexible Supply-Air Duct: 6 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg.
Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports and seismic restraints shall withstand the
effects of gravity and seismic loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 31 13- page 1 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and SMACNA's "Seismic
Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems."
1.
2.
3.
1.4
Seismic Hazard Level A: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.48.
Seismic Hazard Level B: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.30.
Seismic Hazard Level C: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.15.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of the following products:
1.
2.
3.
B.
1.5
Liners and adhesives.
Sealants and gaskets.
Seismic-restraint devices.
Field quality-control reports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M,
"Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural
Welding Code - Aluminum," for aluminum supports. AWS D9.1M/D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding
Code," for duct joint and seam welding.
B.
Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1.
2.
3.
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports.
AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum," for aluminum supports.
AWS D9.1M/D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SINGLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A.
General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise
indicated.
B.
Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, "Transverse (Girth) Joints," for staticpressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and
other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
C.
Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-5, "Longitudinal Seams - Rectangular
Ducts," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, ductsupport intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible."
D.
Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types
and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 31 13- page 2 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Flexible," Chapter 2, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable
sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2.2
SINGLE-WALL ROUNDDUCTS AND FITTINGS
A.
General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on
indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated.
1.
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
McGill AirFlow LLC.
b.
SEMCO Incorporated.
c.
Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc.
d.
Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Transverse Joints - Round Duct," for
static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support
intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
1.
Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 60 Inches in Diameter: Flanged.
C.
Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Seams - Round Duct and Fittings,"
for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support
intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
D.
Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and
Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials
involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2.3
SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A.
General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards
- Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction
methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks,
roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.
B.
Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
1.
2.
3.
AC Transit
Oakland
Galvanized Coating Designation: G60 .
Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized.
Coating Materials: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on ducts listed
and labeled by an NRTL for compliance with UL 181, Class 1.
Section 23 31 13- page 3 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
C.
Carbon-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, with oiled, matte finish for exposed
ducts.
D.
Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209 Alloy 3003, H14 temper; with mill finish for
concealed ducts, and standard, one-side bright finish for duct surfaces exposed to view.
E.
Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black
and galvanized.
1.
F.
2.4
Where black- and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum
ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials.
Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch
minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches .
DUCT LINER
A.
Fibrous-Glass Duct Liner: Comply with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 90B; and with
NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard."
1.
2.
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
CertainTeed Corporation; Insulation Group.
Johns Manville.
Knauf Insulation.
Owens Corning.
2.
Maximum Thermal Conductivity:
1)
Type I, Flexible: 0.125 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F R-8 at 75 deg F mean
temperature.
2)
Type II, Rigid: 0.125 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F R-8 at 75 deg F mean
temperature.
Water-Based Liner Adhesive:
ASTM C 916.
Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with
Natural-Fiber Duct Liner: 85 percent cotton, 10 percent borate, and 5 percent polybinding
fibers, treated with a microbial growth inhibitor and complying with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
1.
2.
3.
AC Transit
Oakland
Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 0.125 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean
temperature when tested according to ASTM C 518.
Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum
smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84; certified by an
NRTL.
Liner Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer and complying with
NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
Section 23 31 13- page 4 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
C.
Insulation Pins and Washers:
1.
2.
D.
Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully
annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch-diameter shank, length to suit
depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon-steel washer.
Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick
galvanized steel or aluminum; with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation
securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
Shop Application of Duct Liner: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-19, "Flexible Duct Liner Installation."
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesive
coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with multiple layers
of duct liner is prohibited.
Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal
nosing.
Butt transverse joints without gaps, and coat joint with adhesive.
Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure buttededge overlapping.
Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts,
unless duct size and dimensions of standard liner make longitudinal joints necessary.
Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 fpm .
Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not
exceeding 12 inches transversely; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not
exceeding 18 inches longitudinally.
Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that
have either channel or "Z" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge
facings at the following locations:
a.
b.
c.
9.
10.
Fan discharges.
Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct.
Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are higher than
2500 fpm or where indicated.
Secure insulation between perforated sheet metal inner duct of same thickness as
specified for outer shell. Use mechanical fasteners that maintain inner duct at uniform
distance from outer shell without compressing insulation.
a.
2.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Sheet Metal Inner Duct Perforations: 3/32-inch diameter, with an overall open
area of 23 percent.
Terminate inner ducts with buildouts attached to fire-damper sleeves, dampers, turning
vane assemblies, or other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other
buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct walls with bolts,
screws, rivets, or welds.
SEALANT AND GASKETS
A.
General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and
gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index
of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
B.
Two-Part Tape Sealing System:
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 31 13- page 5 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
C.
Application Method: Brush on.
Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent.
Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20.
Water resistant.
Mold and mildew resistant.
VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water).
Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg , positive and negative.
Service: Indoor or outdoor.
Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless
steel, or aluminum sheets.
Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.6
Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified acrylic/silicone
activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal.
Tape Width: 4 inches.
Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic.
Water resistant.
Mold and mildew resistant.
Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg , positive and negative.
Service: Indoor and outdoor.
Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F .
Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless
steel, or aluminum.
Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
D.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
General: Single-component, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric.
Type: S.
Grade: NS.
Class: 25.
Use: O.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.
Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts.
B.
Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods
with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation.
C.
Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Table 4-1 , "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 4-2, "Minimum
Hanger Sizes for Round Duct."
D.
Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603.
E.
Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492.
F.
Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and
bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device.
G.
Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible
with duct materials.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 31 13- page 6 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
H.
Trapeze and Riser Supports:
1.
2.
3.
2.7
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates.
Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates.
Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate.
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
Ductmate Industries, Inc.
Hilti Corp.
Kinetics Noise Control.
Mason Industries.
TOLCO; a brand of NIBCO INC.
Unistrut Corporation; Tyco International, Ltd.
General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications
shall be as defined in reports an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of
components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be
subjected.
C.
Channel Support System: Shop- or field-fabricated support assembly made of slotted steel
channels rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces and with accessories for attachment
to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end. Include matching
components and corrosion-resistant coating.
D.
Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603, galvanized ASTM A 492, stainless-steel cables with end
connections made of cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts
designed for restraining cable service; and with an automatic-locking and clamping device or
double-cable clips.
E.
Hanger Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally bolted
connections Reinforcing steel angle clamped to hanger rod.
F.
Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type. Select anchor bolts
with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
DUCT INSTALLATION
A.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct
system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts
and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations.
Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings
and Coordination Drawings.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 31 13- page 7 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
B.
Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"
unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Install roundducts in maximum practical lengths.
D.
Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
E.
Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for
branch connections.
F.
Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and
perpendicular to building lines.
G.
Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent
enclosure elements of building.
H.
Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch , plus allowance for insulation thickness.
I.
Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and
enclosures.
J.
Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed
to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal
flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2
inches .
K.
Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers.
Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke
dampers.
L.
Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign
materials. Comply with SMACNA's "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines."
3.2
SEAM AND JOINT SEALING
A.
Seal duct seams and joints for duct static-pressure and leakage classes specified in
"Performance Requirements" Article, according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 1-2, "Standard Duct Sealing Requirements," unless
otherwise indicated.
1.
3.3
For static-pressure classes 2-inch wg, comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Seal Class for 2-inch wg:
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4,
"Hangers and Supports."
B.
Building Attachments:
Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel
fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached.
1.
2.
AC Transit
Oakland
Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete.
Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured.
Section 23 31 13- page 8 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.
4.
5.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for
slabs more than 4 inches thick.
Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for
slabs less than 4 inches thick.
Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints.
C.
Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Table 4-1 , "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 4-2, "Minimum
Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports
within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection.
D.
Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports.
E.
Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds,
bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16
feet .
F.
Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out,
tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where
used.
3.4
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT-DEVICE INSTALLATION
A.
Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to support the duct and to restrain against
seismic forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with SMACNA's "Seismic
Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." SEI/ASCE 7.
1.
2.
Space lateral supports a maximum of o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80
feet o.c.
Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet .
B.
Select seismic-restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry present and future static and
seismic loads.
C.
Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure.
D.
Install cable restraints on ducts that are suspended with vibration isolators.
E.
Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by
authorities having jurisdiction.
F.
Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing and restraints to
structure, to flanges of beams, to upper truss chords of bar joists, or to concrete members.
3.5
an agency acceptable to
CONNECTIONS
A.
Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Division 23 Section "Air
Duct Accessories."
B.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch,
outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 31 13- page 9 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
PAINTING
A.
3.7
Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have
duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized-steel primer.
Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 09 painting Sections.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
B.
Leakage Tests:
1.
2.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual."
Test the following systems:
a.
b.
c.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Supply air.
Return air.
Exhaust air.
Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage
testing and for compliance with test requirements.
Test for leaks before insulation application.
Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section
being tested. If static-pressure classes are not indicated, test entire system at maximum
system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating
pressure. Give seven days' advance notice for testing.
Duct System Cleanliness Tests:
1.
2.
Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present.
Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for cleanliness
according to "Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of
HVAC Systems."
a.
Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media
shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm.
D.
Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
E.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.8
DUCT CLEANING
A.
Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B.
Use service openings for entry and inspection.
1.
2.
3.
AC Transit
Oakland
Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure class
if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct.
Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with
Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors.
Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection.
Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process.
Section 23 31 13- page 10 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
C.
Particulate Collection and Odor Control:
1.
2.
D.
When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97
percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles.
When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from
HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points
of entry into building.
Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
E.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers).
Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply
and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive
assemblies.
Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air
wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers,
filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains.
Coils and related components.
Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and
mechanical equipment rooms.
Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes.
Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems.
Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants
from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building.
Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect
vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under
negative pressure.
Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without
damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories.
Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner
to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated
or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth.
Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational.
Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and
straighten fins.
Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures.
END OF SECTION 23 31 13
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 31 13- page 11 of 11
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 233300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.3
Backdraft and pressure relief dampers.
Manual volume dampers.
Combination fire and smoke dampers.
Flexible connectors.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
Provide product Data for each type of product used.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with
NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."
B.
Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for
acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise
indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains,
discolorations, and other imperfections.
B.
Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
1.
2.
Galvanized Coating Designation: G60.
Exposed-Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized.
C.
Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209 , Alloy 3003, Temper H14; with mill finish for
concealed ducts and standard, 1-side bright finish for exposed ducts.
D.
Extruded Aluminum: Comply with ASTM B 221 , Alloy 6063, Temper T6.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 33 00- page 1 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
E.
Reinforcement Shapes and Plates:
Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on
galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts.
F.
Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch
minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches .
2.2
BACKDRAFT AND PRESSURE RELIEF DAMPERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc.
American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc.
Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc.
Duro Dyne Inc.
Nailor Industries Inc.
NCA Manufacturing, Inc.
Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc.
Ruskin Company.
Vent Products Company, Inc.
B.
Description: Gravity balanced.
C.
Maximum Air Velocity: 2000 fpm .
D.
Maximum System Pressure: 2-inch wg .
E.
Blade Action: Parallel.
F.
Blade Seals: Felt.
G.
Blade Axles:
1.
2.
Material: Nonferrous metal.
Diameter: 0.20 inch .
H.
Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.
I.
Return Spring: Adjustable tension.
J.
Bearings: Steel ball or synthetic pivot bushings.
K.
Accessories:
1.
2.
3.
Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure.
Counterweights and spring-assist kits for vertical airflow installations.
Screen Mounting: Front mounted in sleeve.
a.
b.
2.3
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Sleeve Thickness: 20-gage minimum.
Sleeve Length: 4 inches minimum.
MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 33 00- page 2 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
A.
Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.
Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.
Size: 1-inch diameter.
Material: Galvanized-steel pipe rotating within pipe-bearing assembly mounted on
supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple-damper assemblies.
Length and Number of Mountings: As required to connect linkage of each damper in
multiple-damper assembly.
Damper Hardware:
1.
2.
3.
2.4
Multiple or single blade.
Parallel- or opposed-blade design.
Stiffen damper blades for stability.
Galvanized -steel, 0.064 inch thick.
Jackshaft:
1.
2.
C.
Hat-shaped, galvanized steel channels, 0.064-inch minimum thickness.
Mitered and welded corners.
Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts.
Blades:
a.
b.
c.
d.
6.
Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc.
American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc.
McGill AirFlow LLC.
METALAIRE, Inc.
Nailor Industries Inc.
Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc.
Ruskin Company.
Vent Products Company, Inc.
Standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream.
Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications.
Frames:
a.
b.
c.
B.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch- thick zinc-plated steel,
and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut.
Include center hole to suit damper operating-rod size.
Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting.
COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
AC Transit
Oakland
Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc.
Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc.
Section 23 33 00- page 3 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.
4.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Nailor Industries Inc.
Ruskin Company.
B.
Type: Static and dynamic; rated and labeled according to UL 555 and UL 555S by an NRTL.
C.
Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg static pressure class and minimum 4000-fpm velocity.
D.
Fire Rating: 1-1/2 and 3 hours.
E.
Frame: Curtain type with blades inside airstream; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-inch- thick
galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners.
F.
Heat-Responsive Device: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated, fusible links.
G.
Smoke Detector: Integral, factory wired for single-point connection.
H.
Damper Motors two-position electronic action.
I.
Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and
efficiency requirements for motors.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
J.
Accessories:
1.
2.
3.
2.5
Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load
will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.
Permanent-Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Motors: With oil-immersed and sealed gear
trains.
Spring-Return Motors: Equip with an integral spiral-spring mechanism where indicated.
Enclose entire spring mechanism in a removable housing designed for service or
adjustments. Size for running torque rating of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque rating
of 150 in. x lbf .
Outdoor Motors and Motors in Outdoor-Air Intakes: Equip with O-ring gaskets designed
to make motors weatherproof. Equip motors with internal heaters to permit normal
operation at minus 40 deg F .
Electrical Connection: 115 V, single phase, 60 Hz.
Auxiliary switches for signaling to fire alarm panel.
Momentary test switch, mounted on underside of ceiling below damper.
Reset button and red light for each damper, mounted on underside of ceiling below
damper.
FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
Ductmate Industries, Inc.
Duro Dyne Inc.
Ventfabrics, Inc.
B.
Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics.
C.
Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 33 00- page 4 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
D.
Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with weatherproof,
synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone.
1.
2.
3.
E.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd. .
Tensile Strength: 530 lbf/inch in the warp and 440 lbf/inch in the filling.
Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 250 deg F .
Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in
compression, and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to fan
discharge and duct.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum of
30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency.
Outdoor Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.
Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of 1/4-inch movement at
start and stop.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct
Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts.
B.
Install backdraft dampers at inlet of exhaust fans or exhaust ducts as close as possible to
exhaust fan unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches
extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install
dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat
channel.
1.
3.2
Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts.
D.
Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing.
E.
Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated.
F.
Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment.
G.
Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment. Attach thrust
limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movement during start and
stop of fans.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 33 00- page 5 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
A.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Tests and Inspections:
1.
2.
Operate dampers to verify full range of movement.
Operate fire, smoke, and combination fire and smoke dampers to verify full range of
movement and verify that proper heat-response device is installed.
END OF SECTION 23 33 00
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 33 00- page 6 of 6
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 233423 - HVAC POWER VENTILATORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
This Section includes the following:
1.
Centrifugal roof ventilators.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Project Altitude: Base fan-performance ratings on sea level.
B.
Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for each type of
product indicated and include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
1.5
Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated.
Certified fan sound-power ratings.
Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical accessories.
Material thickness and finishes, including color charts.
Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.
Roof curbs.
Fan speed controllers.
Field quality-control test reports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B.
AMCA Compliance: Products shall comply with performance requirements and shall be
licensed to use the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.
C.
NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA standards.
D.
UL Standard: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 34 23- page 1 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver fans as factory-assembled unit, to the extent allowable by shipping limitations, with
protective crating and covering.
B.
Disassemble and reassemble units, as required for moving to final location, according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
C.
Lift and support units with manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points.
1.7
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate size and location of structural-steel support members.
B.
Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items
are specified in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories."
1.8
EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
Belts: One set for each belt-driven unit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
B.
Manufacturers:
following:
C.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product
indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
AC Transit
Oakland
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
Acme Engineering & Mfg. Corp.
Aerovent; a Twin City Fan Company
American Coolair Corp.
Ammerman; General Resource Corp.
Breidert Air Products.
Broan Mfg. Co., Inc.
Carnes Company HVAC.
Central Blower Co.
Dayton Electric Manufacturing Co.; a division of W. W. Grainger, Inc.
Delhi Industries Inc.
Greenheck.
Hartzell Fan, Inc.
JencoFan; Div. of Breidert Air Products.
Loren Cook Company.
Section 23 34 23- page 2 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
15.
16.
17.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
NuTone Inc.
Penn Ventilation.
Quietaire Corporation.
D.
Description: Direct- or belt-driven centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel, fan shaft,
bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, curb base, and accessories.
E.
Housing: Removable, spun-aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle; square, one-piece,
aluminum base with venturi inlet cone.
1.
2.
Upblast Units: Provide spun-aluminum discharge baffle to direct discharge air upward,
with rain and drains.
Hinged Subbase:
Galvanized-steel hinged arrangement permitting service and
maintenance.
F.
Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades.
G.
Accessories:
1.
2.
3.
4.
H.
Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-1/2-inch- thick, rigid, fiberglass
insulation adhered to inside walls; and 1-1/2-inch wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof
opening and fan base.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.2
Variable-Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 to less than 50
percent.
Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal-overload protection mounted outside
fan housing, factory wired through an internal aluminum conduit.
Bird Screens: Removable, 1/2-inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire.
Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, backdraft dampers mounted in curb base;
factory set to close when fan stops.
Configuration: Built-in cant and mounting flange.
Overall Height: 9-1/2 inches.
Sound Curb: Curb with sound-absorbing insulation matrix.
Pitch Mounting: Manufacture curb for roof slope.
Metal Liner: Galvanized steel.
MOTORS
A.
Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC
Equipment."
B.
Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled.
2.3
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Sound-Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound
Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Factory test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant
Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.
B.
Fan Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation,
and efficiency by factory tests and ratings according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of
Testing Fans for Rating."
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 34 23- page 3 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Install power ventilators level and plumb.
B.
Secure roof-mounting fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware. Refer to Division 07
Section "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs.
C.
Install units with clearances for service and maintenance.
D.
Label units according to requirements specified in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC
Piping and Equipment."
3.2
CONNECTIONS
A.
Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections.
Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct
connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in Division 23 Section
"Air Duct Accessories."
B.
Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance.
C.
Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
Systems."
D.
Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables."
3.3
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
AC Transit
Oakland
Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed.
Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to
ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal-overload
protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches.
Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete.
Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan
wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and
adjust belts, and install belt guards.
Adjust belt tension.
Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.
Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts.
Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in
connected ductwork systems are in fully open position.
Disable automatic temperature-control operators, energize motor and adjust fan to
indicated rpm, and measure and record motor voltage and amperage.
Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators.
Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
Section 23 34 23- page 4 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
B.
3.4
Test and adjust controls and safeties.
equipment.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.
B.
Adjust belt tension.
C.
Refer to Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting,
and balancing procedures.
D.
Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design airflow.
E.
Lubricate bearings.
END OF SECTION 23 34 23
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 34 23- page 5 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 233713 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
Rectangular and square ceiling diffusers.
2.
Perforated diffusers.
3.
Modular core supply grilles.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
2.
1.3
Division 08 Section "Louvers and Vents" for fixed and adjustable louvers and wall vents,
whether or not they are connected to ducts.
Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volumecontrol dampers not integral to diffusers, registers, and grilles.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following:
1.
2.
B.
Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and
performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings.
Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location,
quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.
Source quality-control reports.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
CEILING DIFFUSERS
A.
Rectangular and Square Ceiling Diffusers:
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
Anemostat Products; a Mestek company.
b.
Krueger.
c.
Nailor Industries Inc.
d.
Titus.
e.
Tuttle & Bailey.
Section23 37 13- page 1 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.2
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume flows.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Baked enamel, white.
Face Size: Perforated (24x24), all others neck size plus flange thickness for surface
mount.
Face Style: Per Air Distribution Schedule.
Mounting: Per Air Distribution Schedule.
HIGH-CAPACITY DIFFUSERS
A.
Modular Core Supply Grilles :
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
Anemostat Products; a Mestek company.
b.
Krueger.
c.
Nailor Industries Inc.
d.
Titus.
e.
Tuttle & Bailey.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Throw: Extended distance for airflow rates.
Material: Steel.
Cores per register: Four.
Finish: White baked acrylic.
Border: 1-1/2-inch width with countersunk screw holes.
Blades:
a.
b.
c.
8.
9.
10.
2.3
Airfoil, individually adjustable horizontally.
Double deflection.
Set in modules.
Modules: Removable; rotatable.
Mounting: Surface.
Accessory: Opposed-blade steel damper.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70,
"Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
equipment.
B.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section23 37 13- page 2 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
3.2
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
INSTALLATION
A.
Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb.
B.
Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings,
and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design
requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final
locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels,
locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with
installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location.
C.
Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and
maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.
3.3
ADJUSTING
A.
After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed,
before starting air balancing.
END OF SECTION 23 37 13
AC Transit
Oakland
Section23 37 13- page 3 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 234100 - PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
1.3
Metal panel filters.
Flat panel filters.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
Product Data:
For each type of product indicated.
Include dimensions; operating
characteristics; required clearances and access; rated flow capacity, including initial and final
pressure drop at rated airflow; efficiency and test method; fire classification; furnished
specialties; and accessories for each model indicated.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B.
ASHRAE Compliance:
1.
2.
C.
1.5
Comply with applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 4 - "Outdoor Air Quality";
Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment"; and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup."
Comply with ASHRAE 52.1 for arrestance and ASHRAE 52.2 for MERV for methods of
testing and rating air-filter units.
Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.
COORDINATION
A.
1.6
Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.
EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Provide one complete set(s) of filters for each AC-Unit.
Section 23 41 00- page 1 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PLEATED PANEL FILTERS
A.
Description:
Factory-fabricated, self-supported, extended-surface, pleated, panel-type,
disposable air filters with holding frames. All filters are required to be Merv 13, 85% efficient, 2inch thick.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
AAF International.
Airguard.
Camfil Farr.
Columbus Industries, Inc.
CRS Industries, Inc.; CosaTron Division.
D-Mark.
Filtration Group.
Flanders-Precisionaire.
Koch Filter Corporation.
Purafil, Inc.
Research Products Corp.
Tri-Dim Filter Corporation.
B.
Filter Unit Class: UL 900, Class 1.
C.
Media: Cotton and synthetic fibers coated with nonflammable adhesive.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Media shall be coated with an antimicrobial agent.
Separators shall be bonded to the media to maintain pleat configuration.
Welded wire grid shall be on downstream side to maintain pleat.
Media shall be bonded to frame to prevent air bypass.
Support members on upstream and downstream sides to maintain pleat spacing.
D.
Filter-Media Frame: Cardboard frame with perforated metal retainer sealed or bonded to the
media.
E.
Mounting Frames: Welded galvanized steel, with gaskets and fasteners; suitable for bolting
together into built-up filter banks.
F.
Capacities and Characteristics:
1.
Arrestance: 85 percent when tested according to ASHRAE 52.1.
2.
MERV Rating: 13 when tested according to ASHRAE 52.2.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Position each filter unit with clearance for normal service and maintenance.
holding frames to substrate.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 41 00- page 2 of 3
Anchor filter
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
B.
Install filters in position to prevent passage of unfiltered air.
C.
Install filter gage for each filter bank.
D.
Do not operate fan system until filters (temporary or permanent) are in place.
temporary filters used during construction and testing with new, clean filters.
E.
Install filter-gage, static-pressure taps upstream and downstream from filters. Install filter gages
on filter banks with separate static-pressure taps upstream and downstream from filters. Mount
filter gages on outside of filter housing or filter plenum in an accessible position. Adjust and
level inclined gages.
F.
Coordinate filter installations with duct and air-handling-unit installations.
3.2
Replace
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect,
test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
B.
Perform tests and inspections.
1.
C.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
2.
Operate automatic roll filters to demonstrate compliance with requirements.
Test for leakage of unfiltered air while system is operating.
D.
Air filter will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
E.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.3
CLEANING
A.
After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing of air-handling and airdistribution systems, clean filter housings and install new filter media.
END OF SECTION 23 41 00
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 41 00- page 3 of 3
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 237413 - PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings a nd gene ral provision s of the Contract, includin g G eneral and
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
Supplementary
SUMMARY
A.
This Se ction includes pa ckaged, outd oor, cent ral-station air-h andling u nits (rooftop unit s) with
the following components and accessories:
1. Dire
ct-expansion cooling.
2. Gas
furnace.
3.
Economizer outdoor- and return-air damper section.
4.
Integral, space temperature controls.
5. Roof
curbs.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
1.3
1.4
Division 23 S ection " Common Moto r Requirements for HVAC Equipment" for outd oor
units.
Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC".
Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC".
DEFINITIONS
A.
ECM: Electrically commutated motor.
B.
Outdoor-Air Refrigerant Coil: Refrigerant coil i n th e outdo or-air strea m to re ject he at duri ng
cooling operations and to absorb heat during heating operations. "Outdoor air" is defined as the
air outside the building or taken from outdoors and not previously circulated through the system.
C.
AC Unit: Air Con ditioning Unit. As u sed in thi s Se ction, this abbreviation means pa ckaged,
outdoor, central-station air-handling units. Thi s abbreviation is u sed regardless of wh ether the
unit is mounted on the roof or on a concrete base on ground.
D.
Supply-Air Fan: The fan providing supply air to conditioned space. "Supply air" is d efined as
the air entering a space from air-conditioning, heating, or ventilating apparatus.
E.
Supply-Air Refrigerant Coil: Refrige rant coil in the sup ply-air st ream to absorb he at (p rovide
cooling) during coolin g operations a nd to re ject heat (provi de he ating) duri ng h eating
operations. "Supply air" is defined as the air entering a space from air-conditioning, heating, or
ventilating apparatus.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 74 13- page 1 of 9
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
A.
Delegated Design: Design AC unit supports to comply with seismic performance requirements,
including comprehensive engine ering analysi s by a qualified profe ssional engine er, u sing
performance requirements and design criteria indicated.
B.
Seismic Performance: A C units shall withstand the effects of e arthquake motions determined
according to SEI / ASCE 7.
1.
1.5
The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts
from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified."
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: In clude manufacturer's te chnical data fo r e ach AC unit, i ncluding rate d
capacities, dimen sions, required cleara nces, characteristics, furni shed sp ecialties, and
accessories.
B.
Coordination Drawings: Plans a nd other details, d rawn to scale, on which the following ite ms
are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved:
1.
Structural members to which AC units will be attached.
2. Roof
openings
3.
Roof curbs and flashing.
C.
Operation a nd Mainten ance Data: F or AC units to inclu de in emergen cy, operation, a nd
maintenance manuals.
D.
Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ARI
Compliance:
1.
2.
B. ASHRAE
1.
2.
3.
Comply with ARI 210/240 and ARI 340/360 for testin g and rating energy efficiencies for
AC units.
Comply with ARI 270 for testing and rating sound performance for AC units.
Compliance:
Comply with ASHRAE 15 for refrigeration system safety.
Comply with ASHRAE 33 for methods of testing cooling and heating coils.
Comply with applicable re quirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Se ction 5 - "Syst ems and
Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup."
C.
ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Com pliance: App licable req uirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.12004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning."
D.
NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.
E.
UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1995.
F.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agen cy accept able to autho rities havin g jurisdictio n, and marked f or
intended use.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 74 13- page 2 of 9
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.7
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
WARRANTY
A.
Special Warranty: Manuf acturer's standard fo rm i n whi ch ma nufacturer a grees to replace
components of AC units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.8
Warranty Period for Compressors: M anufacturer's standard, but not less than five years
from date of Substantial Completion.
Warranty Period for Ga s Furn ace Hea t Ex changers: Manufactu rer's sta ndard, but not
less than five years from date of Substantial Completion.
Warranty Period for Solid -State Ignition Modules: Manufacturer's standard, but not le ss
than five years from date of Substantial Completion.
Warranty Period for Co ntrol Board s: Manuf acturer's stan dard, but not less than five
years from date of Substantial Completion.
EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
Furnish extra material s de scribed bel ow that match prod ucts in stalled and th at are p ackaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
2.
Fan Belts: One set for each belt-driven fan.
Filters: One set of filters for each unit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subje ct to com pliance with requi rements, p rovide produ cts by one of the
following:
1. AAON,
Inc.
2. Carrie
r Corporation.
3.
Trane; American Standard Companies, Inc.
2.2
CASING
A.
General F abrication Requirements fo r Casings: Fo rmed and rei nforced double-wall in sulated
panels, fab ricated to all ow removal for access to internal pa rts and comp onents, with j oints
between sections sealed.
B.
Exterior Casing Material: Galvani zed steel with factory-painted finish, with pitched roof p anels
and knockouts with grommet seals for electrical and piping connections and lifting lugs.
1.
C.
Inner Casing Fabrication Requirements:
1.
D.
Exterior Casing Thickness: 0.0626 inch thick.
Inside Casing: Galvanized steel, 0.028 inch thick, perforated 40 percent free area.
Casing Insulation and Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type I.
Section 23 74 13- page 3 of 9
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.
3.
4.
E.
2.
3.
2.3
Thickness: 1/2 inch.
Liner materi als shall h ave air-stream surface coated with a n e rosion- an d te mperatureresistant coating or faced with a plain or coated fibrous mat or fabric.
Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I.
Condensate Drain Pa ns: Formed sect ions of g alvanized-steel sheet, a minimum of 2 i nches
deep, and complying with ASHRAE 62.1-2004.
1.
F.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Double-Wall Construction: Fill space between walls with foa m insulation and seal
moisture tight.
Drain Connections: Threaded nipple both sides of drain pan.
Pan-Top Surface Coating: Corrosion-resistant compound.
Airstream Su rfaces: Surf aces in contact with the ai rstream shall comply with requirements in
ASHRAE 62.1-2004.
FANS
A.
Direct-Driven Supply-Air Fans: Dou ble width, backward inclin ed, centrifugal; with perm anently
lubricated, ECM motor resiliently mounted in th e fan inlet. Alum inum or painted-steel wheels,
and galvanized- or painted-steel fan scrolls.
B.
Belt-Driven Supply-Air Fans: Doubl e width, forward cu rved, centrifugal; with permanently
lubricated, single-speed motor in stalled on a n adj ustable fa n ba se resili ently mounted i n th e
casing. Aluminum or painted-steel wheels, and galvanized- or painted-steel fan scrolls.
C.
Condenser-Coil Fan: Propeller, mounted on shaft of permanently lubricated motor.
D.
Power Exhaust for AC unit with Economizer: Backward inclined, shaft mounted on permanently
lubricated motor.
E.
Seismic Fab rication Req uirements: Fabricate fa n se ction, i nternal m ounting frame and
attachment to fans, fan
hou sings, motors, casings, a ccessories, and other fan section
components with reinforcement strong enou gh to wi thstand sei smic forces d efined in Divi sion
23 Se ction " Vibration and Seismi c Co ntrols for HVAC Piping and Equip ment" when A C-unitmounted frames are anchored to building structure.
F.
Fan Motor: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for
HVAC Equipment."
2.4
COILS
A. Supply-Air
1.
2.
3.
B.
Refrigerant Coil:
Aluminum -pl ate fin and seamless copper tu be in steel casi ng with eq ualizing-type
vertical distributor.
Coil Split: Interlaced.
Condensate Drain Pan: Galvani zed steel with corrosio n-resistant formed with pitch a nd
drain connections complying with ASHRAE 62.1-2004.
Outdoor-Air Refrigerant Coil:
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 74 13- page 4 of 9
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
2.5
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Aluminum-plate fin and seamless copper tube in steel casing with equalizing-type vertical
distributor.
REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT COMPONENTS
A.
Compressor: Semihe rmetic, re ciprocating mounted on vib ration isolato rs; with inte rnal
overcurrent and high-temperature protection, internal pressure relief.
B. Refrig
eration Specialties:
1.
Refrigerant: R-22.
2.
Expansion valve with replaceable thermostatic element.
3. Refrig
erant filter/dryer.
4. Manual
-reset high-pressure safety switch.
5. Automatic
-reset low-pressure safety switch.
6.
Minimum off-time relay.
7.
Automatic-reset compressor motor thermal overload.
8.
Brass service valves installed in compressor suction and liquid lines.
2.6
GAS FURNACE
A.
Description: Factory assembled, piped, and wired; complying with ANSI Z21.47 and NFPA 54.
1.
B.
CSA Approval: Designed and certified by and bearing label of CSA.
Burners: Stainless steel.
1.
2.
Fuel: Natural gas.
Ignition: Electronically controlled electric spark or hot-surface igniter with flame sensor.
C.
Heat-Exchanger and Drain Pan: Stainless steel.
D.
Venting: Gravity vented with vertical extension.
E. Safety
1.
2.
2.7
Controls:
Gas Control Valve: Two stage.
Gas Train: Single-body, regulated, re dundant, 24 -V ac ga s val ve assem bly containing
pilot solenoid valve, pilot filter, pressure regulator, pilot shutoff, and manual shutoff.
DAMPERS
A.
Outdoor- and Return-Air Mixing Dampers: Parallel- or opposed-blade galvanized-steel dampers
mechanically fastened to cadmi um pl ated for gal vanized-steel operating rod in rei nforced
cabinet. Con nect op erating rod s with common lin kage and inte rconnect linkag es so dam pers
operate simultaneously.
1.
2.
AC Transit
Oakland
Damper Motor: Modulating with adjustable minimum position.
Power Exhaust Damper: Motorized, as required by ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, with bird
screen and hood.
Section 23 74 13- page 5 of 9
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
2.8
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION
A.
2.9
Provide fo r si ngle connection of p ower t o unit with unit-mounted di sconnect switch a ccessible
from outside unit and control-circuit transformer with built-in overcurrent protection.
CONTROLS
A. Bas
ic Unit Controls:
1. Control-volta
ge transformer.
2.
Wall-mounted thermostat with the following features:
a. Heat-co
ol-off switch.
b. Fan
on-auto switch.
c. Automatic
changeover.
d. Adjustabl
e deadband.
e. Exposed
set point.
f. Exposed
indication.
g.
Degree F indication.
h.
Unoccupied-period-override push button.
3.
Gas Furnace Operation:
a.
b.
4.
Economizer Outdoor-Air Damper Operation:
a.
b.
5.
b.
A.
Occupied Periods: O pen to 15 p ercent fixed minimu m intake, an d maximum 100
percent of the fan c apacity to c omply with ASHRAE Cyc le II. Controller shall
permit air-side economizer operation w hen outdoor air is le ss than 60 de g F. Use
outdoor-air enthalpy to adjust mixing dampers. Start relief-air fa n with end switch
on outdoor-air damper. During economizer cycle operation, lock out cooling.
Unoccupied Periods: Close outdoor-air damper and open return-air damper.
Carbon Dioxide Sensor Operation:
a.
2.10
Occupied Periods: Cycle burner to maintain room temperature.
Unoccupied Periods: Cycle burner to maintain setback temperature.
Occupied Periods: Re set minimum outdoor-air ratio down to minimum 10 pe rcent
to maintain maximum 800-ppm concentration.
Unoccupied Periods: Close outdoor-air damper and open return-air damper.
ROOF CURBS
Materials: G alvanized ste el with corro sion-protection coating, watertight ga skets, and fa ctoryinstalled wood nailer; complying with NRCA standards.
1.
Curb Insulation and Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
a.
b.
2.
AC Transit
Oakland
Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type I or II.
Thickness: 1-1/2 inches .
Application: Facto ry app lied with a dhesive a nd m echanical fasteners to the
surface of curb.
Section 23 74 13- page 6 of 9
interna l
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
a.
b.
c.
d.
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I.
Mechanical Fasten ers: Galvanized steel, suita ble for adh esive attachment,
mechanical attachment, or welding a ttachment to duct witho ut damaging l iner
when appli ed as recomme nded by man ufacturer and without causing lea kage i n
cabinet.
Liner materials applied in t his location shall have air-stream surface coated with a
temperature-resistant coating or faced with a pl ain or coated fib rous mat or fa bric
depending on service air velocity.
Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I.
B.
Curb Height: 14 inches.
C.
Wind and Seismic Restraints: Metal b rackets compatible with th e curb and casing, painted to
match RTU, used to anchor unit to the curb, and designed for loads at Project site. Comply with
requirements in Division 23 Se ction " Vibration an d Seismic Control s fo r HVAC Piping and
Equipment" for wind-load requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine su bstrates, are as, and conditions, with Installer p resent, for complian ce with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of AC units.
B.
Examine rou ghing-in fo r AC unit s to verify ac tual locations of piping and d uct connections
before equipment installation.
C.
Examine roofs for suitable conditions where AC units will be installed.
D.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
INSTALLATION
A.
Roof Curb: Install on ro of structure or concrete base, level and se cure, according to NRCA's
"Low-Slope Membrane Roofing Construction Details Man ual," Illustratio n "Rai sed Curb De tail
for Ro oftop Air Han dling Units a nd Du cts." ARI Guideline B. Install AC unit s on curbs a nd
coordinate roof penetrations and flashing with roof construction specified in Division 07 Section
"Roof Accessories." Secure AC units to upper curb rail, and secure curb base to roof framing or
concrete base with anchor bolts.
B.
Install win d and sei smic restrai nts a ccording to ma nufacturer's written in structions. Wind and
seismically restrai ned vib ration i solation ro of-curb rails are sp ecified i n Di vision 23 Se ction
"Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
3.3
CONNECTIONS
A.
Install condensate drain, minimum connection size, with trap an d indirect connection to nearest
roof drain or area drain.
B.
Install piping adjacent to AC units to allow service and maintenance.
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 74 13- page 7 of 9
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.
C.
Gas Pipin g: Connect gas piping to burner, full size of gas train i nlet, and con nect with
union and shutoff valve with sufficient clearance for burner removal and service.
Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate the
general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Install ducts to termination at top of roof curb.
Remove roof decking o nly as req uired for passa ge of ducts. Do not cut out
decking
under entire roof curb.
Connect s upply duc ts to AC units with flex ible duct conn ectors specified in Division 23
Section "Air Duct Accessories."
Install return-air duct continuously through roof structure.
STARTUP SERVICE
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
B.
Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and do
the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Inspect for visible damage to unit casing.
Inspect for visible damage to furnace combustion chamber.
Inspect for visible damage to compressor, coils, and fans.
Inspect internal insulation.
Verify that labels are clearly visible.
Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing.
Verify that controls are connected and operable.
Verify that filters are installed.
Clean condenser coil and inspect for construction debris.
Clean furnace flue and inspect for construction debris.
Connect and purge gas line.
Remove packing from vibration isolators.
Verify lubrication on fan and motor bearings.
Inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration and binding.
Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension.
Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions.
a.
b.
c.
17.
18.
19.
Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices; verify sequences.
Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer.
Perform the following operations for both minimum and maximum firing. Adjust burner for
peak efficiency.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
AC Transit
Oakland
Start refrigeration system.
Do not operate below recommended low-ambient temperature.
Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report.
Measure gas pressure on manifold.
Inspect operation of power vents.
Measure combustion-air temperature at inlet to combustion chamber.
Measure flue-gas temperature at furnace discharge.
Perform flue-gas analysis. Mea sure and record f lue-gas carb on dioxid e a nd
oxygen concentration.
Measure supply-air temperature and volume when burner is at maximum firing rate
and when burner is off. Calculate useful heat to supply air.
Section 23 74 13- page 8 of 9
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
20. Calibrate thermostats.
21. Adjust and inspect high-temperature limits.
22. Inspect outdoor-air dampers for proper stroke and interlock with return-air dampers.
23. Start refrig eration sy stem and me asure and record the followin g whe n amb ient is a
minimum of 15 deg F above return-air temperature:
a.
Coil leaving-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.
b.
Coil entering-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.
c.
Outdoor-air, dry-bulb temperature.
d. Outdoo
r-air-coil, discharge-air, dry-bulb temperature.
24.
25.
Inspect controls for correct se quencing of heating, mixing dam pers, refri geration, and
normal and emergency shutdown.
Measure and record the following mini mum and maximum airflows. Plot fan volumes o n
fan curve.
a. Supply-ai
r volume.
b. Return-air
volume.
c. Relief-air
volume.
d.
Outdoor-air intake volume.
26.
Simulate maximum cooling demand and inspect the following:
a.
b.
27.
3.5
Compressor refrigerant suction and hot-gas pressures.
Short circuiting of air th rough condenser coil or from condenser fans to outdoor-air
intake.
After startup and pe rformance testin g and prior to Substanti al Compl etion, repla ce
existing filters with new filters.
DEMONSTRATION
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train O wner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, ope rate, and m aintain AC units. Refer to Divisio n 01 Section " Demonstration and
Training."
END OF SECTION 23 74 13
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 74 13- page 9 of 9
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
SECTION 238126 - SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
1.4
Section includes split-system air-conditioning units consisting of separate evaporator-fan
and compressor-condenser components.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Include performance data in terms of
capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics.
B.
Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1.
Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
2.
Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
C.
Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes.
D.
Field quality-control reports.
E.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For split-system air-conditioning units to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
F.
Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B.
ASHRAE Compliance:
C.
1.5
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.
Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Standard
for Refrigeration Systems."
2.
ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 4 "Outdoor Air Quality," Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment," Section 6 - " Procedures," and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-Up."
ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004.
COORDINATION
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 81 26- page 1 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
1.6
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
A.
Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
B.
Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations
with actual equipment provided.
WARRANTY
A.
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of split-system air-conditioning units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1.
Warranty Period:
a. For Compressor: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
b. For Parts: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
c. For Labor: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.2
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.
Carrier Corporation; Home Comfort and HVAC Building & Industrial Systems.
2.
Friedrich Air Conditioning Company.
3.
Lennox International Inc.
4.
Mitsubishi Electric & Electronics USA, Inc.; HVAC Advanced Products Division.
5.
SANYO North America Corporation; SANYO Fisher Company.
6.
Trane; a business of American Standard companies.
INDOOR UNITS 5 TONS (18 KW) OR LESS
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Wall-Mounted, Evaporator-Fan Components:
1.
Cabinet: Enameled steel with removable panels on front and ends in color selected
by Architect, and discharge drain pans with drain connection.
2.
Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and thermalexpansion valve. Comply with ARI 210/240.
3.
Electric Coil: Helical, nickel-chrome, resistance-wire heating elements; with refractory
ceramic support bushings, automatic-reset thermal cutout, built-in magnetic contactors, manual-reset thermal cutout, airflow proving device, and one-time fuses in terminal box for overcurrent protection.
4.
Fan: Direct drive, centrifugal.
5.
Fan Motors:
a. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure
type, and efficiency requirements specified in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment."
b. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent lubricaSection 23 81 26- page 2 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.3
tion.
Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled.
NEMA Premium (TM) efficient motors as defined in NEMA MG 1.
Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 26 Sections.
Mount unit-mounted disconnect switches on exterior of unit.
6.
Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004.
7.
Air Filtration Section:
a. General Requirements for Air Filtration Section:
1) Comply with NFPA 90A.
2) Minimum Arrestance: According to ASHRAE 52.1 and MERV according to
ASHRAE 52.2.
3) Filter-Holding Frames: Arranged for flat or angular orientation, with access
doors on both sides of unit. Filters shall be removable from one side or
lifted out from access plenum.
b. Disposable Panel Filters:
1) Factory-fabricated, viscous-coated, flat-panel type.
2) Thickness: 1 inch (25 mm).
3) Merv according to ASHRAE 52.2: (5).
4) Media: Interlaced glass fibers sprayed with nonflammable adhesive .
OUTDOOR UNITS (5 TONS (18 KW) OR LESS)
A.
2.4
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
Air-Cooled, Compressor-Condenser Components:
1.
Casing: Steel, finished with baked enamel in color selected by Architect, with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes
in base. Provide brass service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing.
2.
Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration
isolation device. Compressor motor shall have thermal- and current-sensitive overload devices, start capacitor, relay, and contactor.
a. Compressor Type: Scroll.
b. Two-speed compressor motor with manual-reset high-pressure switch and automatic-reset low-pressure switch.
c. Refrigerant Charge: R-22, R-407C, R-410A.
d. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and liquid subcooler. Comply with ARI 210/240.
3.
Heat-Pump Components: Reversing valve and low-temperature-air cutoff thermostat.
4.
Fan: Aluminum-propeller type, directly connected to motor.
5.
Motor: Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal-overload protection.
6.
Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F (7 deg C).
7.
Mounting Base: Polyethylene.
ACCESSORIES
A.
AC Transit
Oakland
Thermostat: Wireless infrared functioning to remotely control compressor and evaporator
fan, with the following features:
Section 23 81 26- page 3 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
1.
Compressor time delay.
2.
24-hour time control of system stop and start.
3.
Liquid-crystal display indicating temperature, set-point temperature, time setting, operating mode, and fan speed.
4.
Fan-speed selection including auto setting.
B.
Automatic-reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor.
C.
Refrigerant Line Kits: Soft-annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned, dried,
pressurized, and sealed; factory-insulated suction line with flared fittings at both ends.
D.
Drain Hose: For condensate.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
INSTALLATION
A.
Install units level and plumb.
B.
Install evaporator-fan components using manufacturer's standard mounting devices securely fastened to building structure.
C.
Install ground-mounted, compressor-condenser components on 4-inch- (100-mm-) thick, reinforced concrete base that is 4 inches (100 mm) larger, on each side, than unit. Concrete,
reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
Coordinate anchor installation with concrete base.
D.
Install ground-mounted, compressor-condenser components on polyethylene mounting
base.
E.
Install roof-mounted, compressor-condenser components on equipment supports specified
in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories." Anchor units to supports with removable, cadmium-plated fasteners.
F.
Install seismic restraints.
G.
Install compressor-condenser components on restrained, spring isolators with a minimum
static deflection of 1 inch (25 mm). See Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls
for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
H.
Install and connect precharged refrigerant tubing to component's quick-connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
B.
Perform tests and inspections.
1.
AC Transit
Oakland
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections,
Section 23 81 26- page 4 of 5
D-4 SEMINARY TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
CONTRACT# 2009-1107
and to assist in testing.
C.
3.3
Tests and Inspections:
1.
Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.
2.
Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper motor rotation and unit operation.
3.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls
and equipment.
D.
Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
E.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
STARTUP SERVICE
A.
Perform startup service.
1.
3.4
Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.
DEMONSTRATION
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel
to adjust, operate, and maintain units.
END OF SECTION 23 81 26
AC Transit
Oakland
Section 23 81 26- page 5 of 5